Quarterlytics / Technology / Idox

Idox

idox · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker idox
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Idox
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Software  
built on  
insight so  
you can  
do more

Idox plc 
2022 Annual Report  
& Accounts

I

d

o

x

p

l

c

2

0

2

2

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

 
 
 
 
 
Idox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Our Purpose 

We build 
software  
for government  
and industry  
to work 
better and 
comply with 
regulations.

Contents

Overview

02  Financial and operational highlights
04  Our company at a glance

Strategic report

 Chief Executive’s review
Investment case
Business model
KPIs

08  Chair’s statement
12 
14 
16 
18 
22	 Chief	Operating	Officer’s	review
26  Section 172 and stakeholder engagement
30   Responsible business
40  Financial review
45  Principal risks and uncertainties

Governance

52  Board of Directors
54  Directors’ report
58  Corporate governance report
64  Directors’ responsibilities statement
65  Report of the Audit Committee

Financial statements

72 

80 

 Independent Auditor’s report  
to the members of Idox plc
 Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

81  Consolidated balance sheet
82 

 Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity

84	 Consolidated	cash	flow	statement
85  Notes to the accounts
126  Company balance sheet
127 

 Company statement of changes 
in equity
	Notes	to	the	company	financial	
statements

128	

Other Information

135  Alternative performance measures
137  Company information

For further investor information:  
www.idoxgroup.com/investors/

We have continued to make strong progress 
in line with expectations and our strategic 
plan, despite a high inflationary environment 
and a period of political uncertainty across 
the markets in which we operate.” 

David Meaden 
Chief	Executive	Officer

Our purpose in action

Doing more for 
Public Sector, 
Engineering & 
Construction

Read more about  
our business model  
on pages 16 to 17

Key reads

At a  
glance

Chair’s 
Statement

Investment  
case

See more on our company  
at a glance here 
Pages 04 to 07

See more on our Chairman’s 
statement here 
Pages 08 to 10

See more on our  
Investment case here 
Pages 14 to 15

Overview | Our Purpose

01

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Financial and operational highlights

Revenue

£66.2m

(2021: £62.2m)

Recurring revenue1

£40.5m

(2021: £36.3m)

22 

21 

£66.2m

£62.2m

22 

21 

£40.5m

£36.3m

Adjusted2 EBITDA

£22.5m

(2021: £19.5m)

22 

21 

£22.5m

£19.5m

Operating profit

£8.7m(2021: £7.6m)

22 

21 

£8.7m

£7.6m

Adjusted2 EBITDA margin

(2021: 31%)34%

22 

21 

34%

31%

Final dividend 

0.5p

(2021: 0.4p) 

22 

21 

0.5p

0.4p

David Meaden, Chief Executive Officer of 
Idox said:
“We have continued to make strong progress in line with both 
expectations	and	our	strategic	plan,	despite	a	high	inflationary	
environment and a period of political uncertainty across the 
markets in which we operate.

By refocusing Idox as a software business, we have been largely 
insulated from the broader issues affecting the economy and by 
adopting market leadership positions in a small number of clearly 
defined	areas,	we	have	also	been	able	to	substantially	improve	the	
overall quality of our proposition. Over the past 12 months we have 
significantly	increased	our	recurring	revenue	and	sales	order	intake,	
providing greater visibility of future revenues. Looking forward, we 
are well placed to continue our organic growth.

With a strong balance sheet, we will look to add further capabilities 
and capacity through our selective and accretive acquisition 
strategy. We believe that by leveraging the scale of our sales 
and marketing, software development and overall operations we 
can improve the performance of acquired businesses and add 
real value to our clients. The level of activity has been high in the 
year,	and	we	anticipate	we	will	reap	the	benefit	of	this	hard	work	
moving forward.

We	have	started	the	new	financial	year	encouragingly,	with	trading	
in	line	with	our	expectations,	and	we	are	confident	about	the	
outlook for the year as a whole.”

02

Idox plc (AIM: IDOX), a leading supplier of specialist information management 
software and solutions to the public and asset intensive sectors, is pleased to 
report its financial results for the year ended 31 October 2022.

Financial highlights
Reconciliations between adjusted and statutory 
earnings are contained on pages 135 to 136. 
Revenue
•  Revenue increased by 6% to £66.2m (2021: £62.2m), driven by 

growth in Public Sector Software.

•  Recurring revenue1 increased by 12% to £40.5m (2021: £36.3m), 

and now account for 61% of the Group’s total revenue 
(2021: 58%).

Profit
•  Adjusted2 EBITDA increased by 15% to £22.5m (2021: £19.5m). 
•  Adjusted2 EBITDA margin improved to 34% (2021: 31%), driven 
by operational improvements, acquisitions, and business mix.

•  Statutory	operating	profit	increased	by	13%	to	£8.7m 

(2021: £7.6m).

•  Statutory	operating	profit	margin	improved	to	13%	(2021:	12%).
•  Statutory	profit	before	tax	£6.6m	(2021:	£7.3m).
•  Adjusted3 diluted EPS increased by 7% to 2.44p (2021: 2.27p).

•  Statutory diluted EPS decreased to 1.24p (2021: 1.34p).

Cash and debt
•  Net debt4 at 31 October 2022 reduced by 18% to £6.7m 

(2021: £8.1m).

•  Free	cashflow5 generation of £7.2m (2021: £9.7m).
•  Acquisition of LandHawk in the year for £1.1m.

Dividend
•  Final dividend of 0.5p per share (2021: 0.4p) declared, 

reflecting	continuing	growth	opportunities,	our	strong	financial	
position	and	our	confidence	in	the	future.

Current trading and outlook
•  The Group has enjoyed an encouraging start to FY23, with 

trading in line with the Board’s expectations.

•  High levels of recurring revenue, contract renewals, 

orderbook and	pipeline,	providing	good	visibility	which	
leaves us	well	placed	in	our	aim	to	grow	the	business	by	
double	digits in	FY23.

•  We continue to target further acquisitions to leverage 

our platform.

Operational highlights
Idox has delivered a resilient performance in a year of economic 
uncertainty and maintained good progress against the Group’s 
strategic goals:

•  Record full year order intake up 19% on FY21 to £74m, with good 
wins across the Group, providing good visibility into FY23.
•  Good	growth	of	revenue	and	profit	in	Public	Sector	Software	
(PSS) buoyed by FY21 acquisitions; stable performance in 
Engineering	Information	Management	(EIM)	despite	difficult	
market conditions.

•  Contract wins and extensions which increase average tenure 

across both our PSS and EIM businesses.

•  Further enhancement of the Group’s geographic information 
system mapping (GIS) capabilities with the acquisition of 
LandHawk, following on from the three FY21 acquisitions of 
Aligned Assets, thinkWhere and exeGesIS.

•  Continued upscaling of the Pune, India, centre of 

excellence	to	increase	capacity,	efficiency,	capability,	and	
knowledge sharing.

•  Clear focus on innovation and consolidation of our product 
portfolio, including our continuing journey to transition to 
cloud across the portfolio.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)

The	Group	uses	these	APMs,	which	are	not	defined	or	specified	under	
International Financial Reporting Standards, as this is in line with the management 
information requested and presented to the decision makers in our business; and 
is consistent with how the business is assessed by our debt and equity providers.

1	

2	

3 

4	

5	

	Recurring	revenue	is	defined	as	revenues	recognised	from	support	and	
maintenance fees, managed service fees (including for hosting) and 
Software-as-a-Service subscription fees (the Group’s recurring revenue 
is disclosed on pages 95 to 96).

	Adjusted	EBITDA	is	defined	as	earnings	before	amortisation,	depreciation,	
restructuring,	acquisition	costs,	impairment,	financing	costs	and	share	
option costs. Share option costs are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA as 
this is a standard measure in the industry and how management and our 
shareholders track performance (see page 135 for reconciliation).

 Adjusted EPS excludes amortisation on acquired intangibles, restructuring, 
financing,	impairment,	share	option	and	acquisition	costs	(see	page	135 
for reconciliation). 

	Net	debt	is	defined	as	the	aggregation	of	cash,	bank	borrowings	and 
long-term bond (see page 135 for reconciliation).

	Free	cash	flow	is	defined	as	net	cash	flow	from	operating	activities	after	
taxation less capital expenditure and lease payments (see page 135 
for reconciliation).

Overview | Financial and operational highlights

03

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Our company at a glance 

About Idox 

Our specialist software solutions, built on insight, power the performance of government and industry, driving 
productivity and a better experience for everyone.

Idox has achieved strong progress, delivering value for our customers, people and shareholders. As we continue to excel 
in	our	‘fly’	phase,	we	are	well	placed	to	continue	to	progress	a	comprehensive	programme	of	organic	and	inorganic	
investment both in the products we develop and our talent. 

90%of local UK authorities 

are customers for one 
or more of our products

1,807

customers

People-led culture, 
driving authentic 
appreciation of our 
local communities

595employees

with offices in the UK,  
Europe and India

Our software supports:

Land, property 
and regulatory 
services

Transport  
and elections

Grants  
databases

Health and  
social care

Asset  
management

04

Our approach to strategy 

Over the past number of years, we have utilised our Walk, Run, Fly strategy and four pillars as the basis to grow, innovate 
and stabilise Idox as not only a great business but a great place to work, invest in and become a customer of.

Walk, run, fly
Walk phase (FY19)
•  Create momentum in the plan

Run phase (FY20)
•  Build momentum in the plan

•  Be more ambitious

•  Win bigger deals and make a  

•  Execute with greater focus 

step change

and discipline

•  Extend reach in to adjacent and 

Fly phase (Now)
•  Focus on core software businesses, 
promoting digital and path to cloud

•  Focus on product management 

and market leadership

existing markets

•  Developing our GIS offering

Four pillars
Our four pillars are the platform on which we build and operate Idox.

Revenue

Margins

Simplification

Communication

We undertake activities 
that help create 
revenue expansion  
and growth.

We are continually 
working to reduce the 
costs of the products 
and solutions we are 
selling to become 
more	profitable.

Creating	efficiency	and	
cohesion by streamlining 
our processes, 
consolidating our 
activities, and creating 
centralised approaches 
to our working practices.

Communication is a 
key part of all that we 
do. We believe in open 
communication with 
our people, investors, 
and customers.

Our values
DRIVE, the core values taking us forward 

At the centre of all we do are our values. Not only do we live and breath these in our daily working life, but they 
also make up part of our approach to business. Created in collaboration with our people in 2019, they are an 
important part of Life at Idox. 

Responsibility
We own our 
commitments

Valued
Our people and their 
contributions	are	significant

Dynamic
We actively shape 
our future

Integrity
We do the right thing, 
in the right way

Excellence
We are passionate 
about quality

Overview | Our company at a glance

05

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Strategic  
report

 Chief Executive’s review

08  Chair’s statement
12 
14 
16 
18 

Investment case

Business model

Key performance indicators

Doing more for Public Sector
Simplifying administration and enabling efficient  
delivery of citizens services.

06

Section 172 and stakeholder engagement

22	 Chief	Operating	Officer’s	review
26 
30   Responsible business
40 
Financial review
45 

Principal risks and uncertainties

We are committed to supporting local government 
now and into the future, enabling your journey to the 
cloud, the delivery of direct services and facilitating 
new ways of working.

Regulatory 
Services

Built  
Environment

Public  
Protection

Address Data 
Solutions

Innovative case 
management software to 
support the delivery of 
regulatory services across 
planning, building control, 
environment health, trading 
standards and many more.

On-premise and cloud 
software solutions for the 
management of planning, 
building control, land 
charges and gazetteer 
management, estates and 
street numbering. 

Specialist software to 
support inspection and 
enforcement of standards, 
including environmental 
health, licensing, trading 
standards and public 
sector housing.	

On-premise and cloud 
software solutions 
(Aligned Assets platform) 
for creating and 
maintaining the Local 
Land and Property 
Gazetteer/Local Street 
Gazetteer, street naming 
and numbering, address 
matching and cleansing 
and sub-second 
address search.

Strategic report

07

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Chair’s statement

Improved stability  
in performance  
and confidence for  
the future

Introduction
I am pleased to report a good set 
of results to all of our shareholders 
and other stakeholders for the 
financial	year	ending	31	October	
2022. The business has maintained 
its trajectory of improving revenue, 
profit	and	net	debt	that	has	been	
established over the past few 
years. This year we have seen the 
benefits	of	our	focused	acquisitions	
contribution to the strong base that 
the business has established, and it 
is pleasing to note the solid growth 
in our levels of recurring revenue 
that are being delivered through 
our continued focus on long-term 
repeatable revenues.

08

We operate in good markets, with strong 
market positions and insights, and we have 
every confidence that we can continue the 
excellent progress we have seen in FY22.”

Chris Stone 
Chairman

new ways of working that meet all these 
new requirements without allowing 
a drop in the most important thing, 
excellent customer service. I have been 
impressed by the continuing positive 
attitudes and behaviours of all our 
colleagues at Idox, which has enabled 
this ongoing strong performance. We 
will continue to work to ensure that 
we maintain the right blend of work 
experience that meets our colleagues 
needs whilst also ensuring the 
continuous development of our skills 
and capabilities.

Building a strong and thriving culture 
enables us to build value for all 
our stakeholders. Each day we see 
our people living our DRIVE values 
by being dynamic, owning our 
commitments, doing the right thing, 
valuing those around them and being 
passionate about quality. It is with 
these values in mind that we continue 
to develop talent within the business 
creating an environment where growth 
and innovation is the ambition we 
work towards collectively.

During the year, there was a role 
change on our Board of Directors, as we 
appointed Anoop Kang to the position 
of	Chief	Financial	Officer	in	place	of	
Rob Grubb. We were delighted to 
welcome Anoop, who brings a good and 
complementary set of experiences to 
both the Board and the management 
team. We are fortunate that Rob sought 
to be part of the ongoing success 
of the business and is heading up 
our acquisition programme, as M&A 
Director, which we see as an important 
part of future value creation for the 
business. He has also been able to 
help Anoop get off to a fast start with 
understanding the business and has 
mitigated the risk associated with such 
an important leadership change.

As I reported last year, in 2021 we 
made	a	number	of	significant	strategic	
changes through our disposal 
and acquisition programmes. The 
programme has continued, with the 
acquisition of LandHawk Software 
Services Limited, a land mapping and 
GIS	data	business,	which	fits	very	
well with our core local authority and 
property business. FY22 has seen a 
significant	focus	on	the	integration	
of the acquisitions of Aligned Assets 
Limited, thinkWhere Limited and 
exeGesIS Spatial Data Management 
Ltd. These integrations have gone very 
well, with a complete transfer of our 
new colleagues onto Idox terms and 
conditions, and integration with the 
core operating systems and processes 
that have been established over the 
past four years.

One of the clearest demonstrations of 
our successful acquisition programme 
is	seen	in	the	significant	growth	in	
customers and revenues for our Idox 
Cloud offering, based on the cloud 
platform that came with the acquisition 
of Tascomi in 2019. Their annual 
recurring revenues are up 16% in FY22, 
and the Group was able to secure 15 
new Idox Cloud Customers.

We had set ourselves a target of 
generating over 35% Adjusted EBITDA 
margin sustained over the medium term 
by investing in improving our core back-
office	systems	and	processes.	I	am	
pleased to say that we are well on track 
to achieving that target with a Group 
Adjusted EBITDA margin of 34% this 
year. This is a good performance from 
a mature, well managed business.

As	we	move	into	the	new	financial	year,	
we can expect to see continued growth 
in our core businesses enhanced 
by the acquisitions we have already 
made. We will also continue to target 
further acquisitions to allow us to 
continue to leverage the platform 
that we have created through our 
operational investments.

Whilst the Covid-19 pandemic is now 
behind us, the longer lasting effects in 
changes to working patterns remains. 
We strive to make sure that we have 
the	right	blend	of	home	and	office	
work, and essential and non-essential 
travel. Employers need to work hard 
and creatively to enable appropriate 

Strategic report | Chair’s statement

09

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Chair’s statement continued

Group strategy
The Group continued its focus 
on providing digital solutions and 
services to the public sector in the 
United Kingdom, complemented 
by our Engineering Information 
Management (EIM) business servicing 
customers across the world. The key 
to our success is to ensure we deliver 
better user results and productivity 
improvements for customers through 
focusing on usability, functionality and 
application of integrated digital and 
increasingly cloud-based technologies 
and	solutions.	The	identification	of	
acquisition opportunities and the 
integration of completed acquisitions 
is a key part of management focus 
and effort.

Board 
There has been one change to the 
Board in FY22, as reported above. As 
in the previous year, we carried out 
a formal Board Effectiveness review 
during the year, and there were some 
good points raised which we will be 
incorporating in the coming year.

I	am	satisfied	that	there	is	sufficient	
diversity in the Board structure to 
bring a balance of skills, experience, 
independence, and knowledge 
to the Group, however, I intend to 
keep this balance under review and 
continued assessment.

Summary and outlook
The	financial	results	of	the	last	year	
reflect	the	increasing	quality	of	the	
Idox business. We operate in good 
markets, with strong market positions 
and insights, and we have every 
confidence	that	we	can	continue	the	
excellent progress we have seen in 
FY22. The changes that we have made 
in the last few years, to the team, our 
structure, systems, and processes have 
delivered a step-change improvement 
in	our	financial	performance.	We	can	
now point to an improved stability in 
performance	and	confidence	for	the	
future, based on strongly improving 
orderbooks and levels of recurring 
revenue. I am delighted to have had 
the opportunity to work with all my 
Idox colleagues during a period of 
such tremendous improvement and 
I look forward to continuing that 
work in delivering growing value to 
all our stakeholders.

Idox stakeholders are fortunate that 
such a talented group of people, 
including our recently joined colleagues 
from our acquisition programme, have 
chosen Idox as a place they want to 
work. Their expertise and diligence have 
continued to deliver the support and 
value that our customers expect, and 
I am pleased to extend my thanks to 
all of	them.

Chris Stone
Chair
25 January 2023

Corporate governance
We are cognisant of the important 
responsibilities we have in respect of 
corporate governance and shaping 
our culture to be consistent with our 
objectives, strategy, and business 
model which we set out in our Strategic 
Report and our description of Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties. The Group is 
committed to conducting its business 
fairly, impartially, in an ethical and 
proper manner, and in full compliance 
with all laws and regulations. In 
conducting our business, integrity 
is the foundation of all Company 
relationships, including those with 
customers, suppliers, communities, 
and employees. 

Corporate simplification
As highlighted above, during the 
financial	year	we	completed	the	
integration of three new companies, 
Aligned Assets, thinkWhere and 
exeGesIS, by hiving their trade and 
assets in to Idox Software Limited. 
This process is underway for our latest 
acquisition, LandHawk. All of these 
businesses are enhancing our core 
public sector software offering.

Dividends
The	Board	has	proposed	a	final 
dividend of 0.5p (2021: 0.4p) for FY22, 
bringing the total for the year to 0.5p 
(2021: 0.4p). Subject to approval at 
the	AGM,	the	final	dividend	will	be	
paid on 14 April 2023 to shareholders 
on the register as at 31 March 2023. 
This decision was reached after a full 
consideration of the continuing growth 
opportunities before the business, 
our	strong	financial	position	and	our	
confidence	in	the	future.

10

Savills uses Idox’s groundMapper 
to develop SMART, an innovative 
digital platform for managing 
large land referencing and land 
assembly projects.

Solution
An innovative digital platform that helps multiple 
stakeholders work collaboratively and efficiently on 
land assembly projects

Savills collaborated with thinkWhere as its technology 
partner in 2019. Idox since acquired thinkWhere in 2021 
and has	continued	working	with	Savills	since	then.

As part of the collaboration, a core system was 
developed and extended in a modular fashion, to 
produce an innovative solution that delivered an 
integrated, digital projects platform – SMART (Savills 
Mapping and Referencing Tracker). SMART is a 
collaborative digital platform powered by Idox’s core 
GIS SaaS platform, groundMapper. It is a secure, map-
driven, cloud-based solution that supports multi-
projects and multi-users with permission-driven access 
to content from a single source of truth. SMART helps 
the	team	at	Savills	work	together	more	efficiently	with	
colleagues, clients and other stakeholders working on 
land assembly projects.

Outcome
Increased efficiency, effective stakeholder 
engagement, and streamlined digital user experience

With	SMART,	Savills	has	significantly	increased	its	
project	efficiency	as	teams	no	longer	need	to	spend	
as much time looking for essential information in 
email	accounts	or	remote	file	locations	and	data	can	
be readily uploaded, accessed cross-referenced and 
downloaded. Project engagement has become much 
more effective with stakeholders able to self-serve 
information	from	a	single	source	of	definitive	and	
authoritative data, generating a much stronger sense 
of ownership,	trust	and	buy-in	across	the	supply	chain.

Challenge
Inefficiency of systems leading to data fragmentation 
and information silos

Savills’ Infrastructure team specialises in providing land 
referencing and land assembly services to its customers 
across the UK. To deliver a more effective land agency 
service, Savills was therefore seeking to deploy a 
user-friendly, map-driven, digital project platform that 
could streamline the process and scale up to support 
expected growth.

“The project managers dependence on 
one or two GIS or land agency specialists 
has diminished – the user experience 
is simple, meaning that novice users of 
the system can easily undertake their 
work, reducing dependencies on others 
and liberating the use of data. Equally, 
these specialists can focus their time on 
other value-added activities, developing 
their skills and capabilities, and driving 
continuous improvement.”

Eleanor Mair 
GIS Manager 
Savills

Strategic report | Chair’s statement

11

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Chief Executive’s review

Clear focus creates 
stability for organic 
growth

12

Strong Progress
We have continued to make strong 
progress in line with our strategic plan, 
despite	a	backdrop	of	high	inflation	and	
a period of political uncertainty.

By refocussing Idox as a software 
business, we have been largely 
insulated from the broader issues 
affecting the wider economy. Our 
market leading positions in our chosen 
markets means we have also been able 
to substantially improve the overall 
quality of our business. This clear focus 
has delivered improved margins and 
cash generated by operations, lower 
debt, and a stronger balance sheet. 

We aim to be a ‘rule of 40’ business, 
where the combination of growth rate 
plus EBITDA equates to forty per cent. 
Through the adoption of our 4 Pillars 
(Revenue,	Margins,	Simplification,	
Communication), we have continued to 
improve our business and automate our 
processes. These continuous marginal 
improvements to our customer 
engagement and operating models 
have allowed us to improve EBITDA 
margins materially in the year from 
31% to 34%.

Growth

Looking forward, we are well placed to 
continue to grow organically. Over the 
past	12	months	we	have	significantly	
increased our recurring revenue and 
sales order intake, providing greater 
visibility of future revenues.

The local authority sector continues to 
be robust, and client retention across 
our core markets remains very high. We 
continue to be a partner to each of our 
local authority customers, helping them 
achieve	better	efficiencies,	and	we	
drive forward innovations that improve 
the quality and frequency of their 
engagement with citizens. 

Whilst Public Sector markets have 
pressure on their budgets, there is a 
clear need to improve the way services 
are delivered to an increasing and 
complex system of stakeholders. 
This is especially true in land and 
property where we are focusing 
more of our ongoing investment on 

We continue to be a partner to each of our 
local authority customers, helping them to 
achieve better efficiencies, and we drive 
forward innovations that improve the quality 
and frequency of their engagement with citizens.”

David Meaden  
Chief	Executive	Officer

products that connect the wider eco-
system of local authorities, planners, 
private developers, land agents, 
construction companies, estate 
agents, conveyancers and others who 
need to access the same consistent 
data and processes. We believe there 
are opportunities to improve the way 
the broader system operates and 
communicates	to	the	benefit	of	all	
parties, in particular there also remains 
a	significant	opportunity	to	broaden	
our product offering with existing 
public sector clients.

This move to embrace digitisation 
requires greater accuracy of data and 
in particular geo spatial data, which is 
an area where we have improved our 
capabilities with the acquisitions of 
thinkWhere, LandHawk, Aligned Assets 
and exeGesIS over the last 24 months.

With the well documented skills 
shortages,	clients	are	finding	it	
challenging to retain and develop key 
skills, particularly in IT and data. As a 
trusted	partner,	Idox	can	often	fill	these	
gaps, with additional software solutions, 
hosting options or professional services.

Scaling the business

With our strong balance sheet, we 
will look to follow the success to date 
of adding further capabilities and 
capacity through a selective and 
accretive acquisition strategy. We 
believe that by leveraging the scale 
of our sales and marketing, software 
development and overall operations 
we can improve the performance of 
acquired businesses and add real 
value to our clients. The level of activity 
has been high in the year, and we 
anticipate	we	will	reap	the	benefit	of	
this hard work moving forward.

We have good headroom in our facilities 
to fund further M&A opportunities, with 
a £35m revolving credit facility and 
£10m accordion. We continue to pursue 
a number of acquisition opportunities 
but remain focused on ensuring 
strategic alignment whilst maintaining 
a disciplined approach to valuation.

Operations

We continue to optimise our operations 
across the Group. In our development 
team, following an internal recruitment 
process, we are pleased to have 
appointed Rick Hassard to the new 
role of Director of Engineering, and 
continued to grow our presence in 
Pune, India.

Shortly	after	the	end	of	the	financial	
year, we implemented a new divisional 
structure that will allow us to delegate 
more authority to those closest to our 
markets, products, and customers and 
to seek out ways to deliver more value 
as part of our ‘Fly’ stage. Scott Goodwin, 
Chris Evans, and Steve Bruce now head 
up the Land and Property, Communities 
and Assets operations respectively.

People

Growth	requires	that	we	have	flexibility	
in our organisational model and that 
we have talent that can rise to the 
opportunities presented. Over the last 
two years we have put approximately 
100 people through the Idox Leadership 
Programme, Leading Together, and we 
are pleased that the recent set of senior 
appointments in the business have all 
been graduates of that programme.

While we work on maintaining and 
growing a positive culture, we continue 
to review and track our rewards and 
benefits	to	ensure	that	our	colleagues	
are fairly compensated.

We continue to focus heavily on 
employee engagement, and the 
importance of culture and values 
throughout our business. The 
Groupwide CEO broadcasts continue 
to be very well attended and we were 
delighted with the response from our 
teams to our ‘Dare to be Different’ 
survey, aimed at making Idox an 
inclusive workplace allowing everyone 
to be their best selves (highlights of the 
survey are noted on page 30).

Outlook

We have made an encouraging start 
to FY23, and we continue to trade in 
line with the Board’s expectations. We 
will continue to invest selectively to 
grow our capabilities and support our 
customers. The business has a strong 
foundation in property and asset-
based solutions and this, along with 
our focus on digital transformation and 
Cloud provision, will underpin our future 
strategy and growth. We are well placed 
in our aim to grow organically by double 
digits, given our increase in sales order 
intake and recurring revenue, providing 
greater visibility of future revenues.

We	continue	to	have	financial	
resources at	our	disposal	for	accretive	
and enhancing acquisitions and, having 
shown that this can be delivered 
successfully, we look forward to driving 
shareholder value moving forward. We 
remain	confident	about	the	outlook	for	
the year as a whole.

David Meaden
Chief Executive Officer
25 January 2023

Strategic report | Chief Executive’s review 

13

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Investment case 
Investment case

Our specialist software solutions, 
built on insight, power the 
performance of government and 
industry, driving productivity and 
a better experience for everyone

Market  
leadership

Good  
governance

Investment  
in people

Operational 
excellence

Market leaders, 
providing software 
solutions to improve 
the customer’s 
processes, and meet 
future challenges on 
the horizon.

High quality recurring 
revenue and well-
controlled costs; risk 
is well understood 
and	reflected	in	
our approach to 
investment and 
operational choices.

Through living our 
values and developing 
future leaders, Idox 
ensures we have the 
right people to drive 
our business forward.

We strive for high 
levels of service to 
our customers and 
markets, building on 
our strong heritage 
of market-leading 
products and 
engaging with our 
customers regularly. 
Operationally we 
seek to leverage our 
shared resources and 
expertise, encouraging 
innovation in our 
products, delivery 
and operational 
infrastructure 
and support.

See more on our  
Business model  
Pages 16 to 17

See more on 
our Governance	 
Pages 50 to 68

Read more about 
our people on	 
Pages 31 to 32

See more on our 
s172/principal 
decisions  
Pages 26 to 29

14

Idox	continues	to	build	on	its	‘fly’	phase.	Our	strong	growth	trajectory	coupled	
with programmes of organic and inorganic growth and the development of talent 
within	the business	ensure	that	we	can	continue	to	deliver	value	for	our	customers,	
people and	shareholders.

Inorganic  
growth

Financial 
discipline

ESG  
rigour

We have been bold 
in our ambition to 
continue to scale 
by bringing in well-
respected, product-
led businesses 
into our Group that 
enhance our offerings 
to our customers 
and markets. We 
acquired LandHawk 
this year, adding to 
our growing portfolio 
of	GIS products.

Focus on high quality 
revenues, good 
communication, and 
simplification	leading	
to strong margins. 
Managing capital, 
exiting low-margin 
areas, and focusing 
our investments on 
high recurring revenue, 
high margin, software-
based areas with good 
opportunity for growth.

Recognising the 
importance of being 
a responsible and 
sustainable business, 
creating opportunities 
to do more with our 
people-led initiatives.

See more on  
our acquisitions  
Page 124

Read more 
about this in our 
Financial Review 
Pages 40 to 44

Read more 
about Idox	as	a	 
responsible business
Pages 30 to 39

Strategic report | Investment case

15

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Business model

Nurture quality IP, and strive for 
recurring revenues and good 
margins to fund further enterprise 
value (EV) growth

Our strengths

Expert people
A talented, inclusive team who 
live Idox’s values to be dynamic, 
responsible, act with integrity, value 
each other’s contributions, and 
strive for excellence. Our people  
are everything we do, and more.

Extensive, established 
understanding of  
regulated environment
With a proven track record of over 
30 years working for the Public 
Sector, we are experts in providing 
solutions that accommodate highly 
complex rules, regulations and 
legislative requirements.  

We strive to work collaboratively 
with our customers to create 
efficiencies	in	existing	processes	
and resolve challenges appearing  
on the horizon.

Scalable end-to-end 
solutions with a 
‘cloud-first’ approach
Built around the end user and 
designed in collaboration with 
experts, our comprehensive range 
of integrated solutions streamline 
processes and deliver a responsive 
service to all users. We support  
their customers in their journey  
to cloud with our range of 
deployment options.

Dependable delivery,  
post project services  
and corporate support
A high quality and highly 
responsive service across our 
account management, product, 
development, delivery, support 
and corporate teams ensures our 
customers	gain	maximum	benefit	
from our software solutions, and 
wider	Idox engagement.

16

Our business model is to create, extend and acquire well-respected software IP rights 
within the Public Sector and Engineering markets; and pursue delivery methods that 
support	high	levels	of	recurring	revenues	and	good	margins.	We	reinvest	our	profits	in	
further IP rights as we look to build on our successes, and directly increase the Group’s 
value to its customers, its people, and its shareholders.

Building value

People
We invest time and effort in 
regular engagement and personal 
development with our people 
throughout our Group. Our people 
directly create the success for our 
customers and other stakeholders 
through clear understanding of 
Group strategy, and collaborative 
teamwork in delivery. The Group 
employs 595 colleagues located in 
the UK, Europe, the USA and India.

Customers
Through the automation of tasks, 
simplification	of	complex	operations	
and more effective management of 
information, we help our customers 
harness the power of digital, so they 
can do more.

Shareholders
Shareholder value increases as we 
focus on high quality revenues with 
high recurring qualities, good margins 
and strong cash generation. We pay 
out a modest level of our earnings via 
dividends, however, we reinvest the 
majority to fund further growth and 
build the Group’s enterprise value.

Supplier and partners
When on-boarding, every supplier 
must complete a due diligence 
form in line with our supply chain 
management form which ensures we 
maintain	strong,	mutually	beneficial	
relationships with our suppliers and 
partners which are aligned with 
Idox’s core values.

Communities
Supporting, enabling and engaging 
with our local communities to 
achieve more through the use of our 
products, using our knowledgebase 
to educate and support individuals, 
and providing our people with the 
opportunity to give their time to 
community projects.

Strategic report | Business model

17

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Key performance indicators

Creating value for shareholders and 
other stakeholders

Key	financial	performance	indicators	measure	our	effectiveness	of	executing	
our stated business model to deliver our strategy and therefore build value for 
shareholders and other stakeholders.

These are monitored on an ongoing basis by management and are set out below. 
Analysis	of	these	figures	is	contained	within	the	financial	review	section	of	the	
strategic report on pages 40 to 44.

Revenue

£

Group Revenue

£66.2m

(2021: £62.2m)
Continuing operations*

Recurring Revenue

£40.5m

(2021: £36.3m)
Continuing operations*

22

21

£66.2m

£62.2m

Measure: Revenue received from provision of 
goods and services.

22

21

£40.5m

£36.3m

Measure: Recurring revenue that is contracted or 
considered highly likely to recur for a minimum of 
twelve months. 

This	is	defined	as	revenues	recognised	from	support	
and maintenance fees, managed service fees 
(including for hosting) and Software-as-a-Service 
subscription fees.

Profitability ratios

Adjusted EBITDA

£ £22.5m

(2021: £19.5m)
Continuing operations*

22

21

£22.5m

£19.5m

Measure: Profit	before	interest,	tax,	depreciation,	
amortisation, restructuring costs, acquisition costs, 
impairment,	financing	costs	and	share	option	costs	
(see page 135 for reconciliation).

18

Adjusted EBITDA margin

£ 34%

(2021: 31%)
Continuing operations*

Adjusted diluted EPS

£ 2.44p

(2021: 2.27p)
Continuing operations*

22

21

34%

31%

22

21

2.44p

2.27p

Measure: Profit	before	interest,	tax,	depreciation,	
amortisation, restructuring costs, acquisition costs, 
impairment,	financing	costs	and	share	option	costs	
as a percentage of revenue.

Measure: Adjusted diluted EPS excludes 
amortisation on acquired intangibles, impairment, 
acquisition	costs,	restructuring	costs,	financing	
costs and share option costs (see page 135 
for reconciliation).

Cash indicators

Free Cash flow

£7.2m

(2021: £9.7m)
Continuing operations*

£

Net Debt

(£6.7m)

(2021: (£8.1m))
Continuing operations*

22

21

£7.2m

£9.7m

22

21

(£6.7m)

(£8.1m)

Measure: Net	cash	flow	from	operating	activities	
after taxation less capital expenditure and lease 
payments (see page 135 for reconciliation).

Measure: The aggregation of cash, bank 
borrowings and long-term bond (see page 135 
for reconciliation).

Alternative Performance Measures
Where	relevant,	adjusted	measures	of	profit	have	been	
used	alongside	statutory	definitions.	These	items	are	
excluded	from	statutory	measures	of	profit	to	present	a	
measure of cash earnings from underlying activities on an 
ongoing basis. This is in line with management information 
requested and presented to the decision makers in our 
business; and is consistent with how the business is 
assessed by our debt and equity providers:

•  depreciation;

•  amortisation from acquired intangible assets;

• 

impairment;

•  restructuring costs;

•  acquisition	and	financing	costs;	and

•  share option costs.

Alternative performance measures may not be 
comparable between companies due to differences in 
how they are calculated. See page 135 for reconciliations 
of the alternative performance measures.

Strategic report | Key performance indicators

19

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Key performance indicators continued

Non-financial indicators
In	addition	to	the	financial	indicators,	the	Group	has	established	employee	related	KPIs	recognising	our	employees	
are central to the Group’s efforts. Measurement of our ability to attract and retain the best talent is important to 
understand our performance in delivering our strategy and creating value for shareholders and other stakeholders. 
Additionally,	we	also	monitor	non-financial	KPIs	around	our	customers	and	suppliers.

Continuing operations

Employees
Attrition

13.55%

(2021: 11.39%)

Average tenure

4.3

(2021: 5.3 years)

years

Net promoter  
score

(7.53)

(2021: 14.0)

Recruitment at management 
positions (Female:Male)

34:66

(2021: 50:50)

Internal promotions 
(Female:Male)

54:46

(2021: 47:53)

Customers and suppliers
Number of customers

1,807

(2021: 1,784)

Number of active suppliers 

540

(2021: 522)

Idox practices an integrated management system centred 
around gaining and retaining ISO accreditations. These 
are internally and externally audited annually to ensure 
compliance. The current list of ISO accreditations held are 
noted below:

• 

• 

ISO 9001:2015 – Quality Management System

ISO 14001:2015 – Environmental Management System

• 

• 

• 

ISO 22301:2019 – Business Continuity 
Management System

ISO 27001:2013 – Information Security 
Management System

ISO 45001:2018 – Occupational Health & Safety 
Management System

During the year Idox was fully accredited with Cyber 
Essentials Plus, demonstrating our ongoing commitment 
to cyber security and protection protocols. 

20

Mendip District Council
Uniform Cloud transforms planning processes and helps achieve 
maximum operational efficiency.

Challenge
The	council	has	seen	a	significant	increase	in	planning	
application numbers and in the number of enforcement 
complaints. Many of these applications have been from 
householders wanting to extend their property, others 
have	been	looking	to	create	a	separate	office	space	
for home working. Several major strategic schemes for 
commercial development are also now on the horizon. 
Mendip District Council made the transition to digital 
relatively early, so that by 2020, they had been using 
Uniform on-premises for around a decade. Keen to 
modernise and streamline their processes, they needed 
a robust and stable system built around the additional 
support that a managed service provider would provide. 

Solution
Even though Mendip District Council had been using 
Uniform for a decade, they wanted to secure the 
very	best	possible	solution	for	their	officers	whilst	
also delivering an improved customer experience 
for residents and business owners. After research 
into other solutions, they decided that because Idox 
were well established, they already had the advanced 
functionality they needed and had been a reliable 
technology partner for so long, that staying with them 
was the logical decision. Another factor was that 
because the planning module is so widely used across 
the UK, that new staff were often already familiar with 
the system.

“The Uniform hosted solution has 
helped	us	achieve	significant	efficiency	
savings with 70% time saved completing 
validations	and	officers	saving	7.5	hours	
per week when processing application 
and decisions.” 

Outcome
For	Mendip	District	Council,	the	benefits	of	migrating	
from on-premise to a hosted solution have been 
quickly realised. By maintaining and hosting their cloud 
software, the Idox managed services team are able to 
provide consistent additional key skills and support, 
along	with	a	higher	degree of	resilience	for	the	system 
as a whole.

Rachel Tadman  
Interim Head of Planning  
Mendip District 

Strategic report | Key performance indicators

21

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Chief Operating Officer’s review

Driving change through our  
Four Pillars framework

Overview
I am pleased to provide an 
operational update and to report 
successful progress across the year 
at Idox. We continue to evolve our 
operational structures to deliver better 
services, more effectively, whilst 
maintaining our performance levels 
and high standards.

Across the Group, colleagues 
have shown great resilience and 
determination in the delivery of  
critical software and national 
infrastructure solutions into our  
growing	customer base.

We are successfully operating in a 
hybrid working model, with colleagues 
working	from	both	office	locations	and	
home where roles allow. This continued 
flexibility	provides	colleagues	with	a	
balanced approach and works well 
with our customer requirements which 
continue, on the whole, to necessitate 
remote working, with only limited onsite 
presence requested.

Across the Group, our Four Pillars 
continue to drive our operating model 
at both a tactical deployment and 
strategic level. This approach embodies 
a clear methodology and culture for all 
colleagues when making key decisions 
within the business.

Revenue
To provide a more targeted focus 
on the markets that we serve, and 
to ensure our solutions help our 
customers deliver better services, for 
FY23 we have implemented a divisional 
structure that consolidates Business 
Units delivering comparable technical 
solutions or serving similar markets: 
Land and Property, Communities 
and Assets.

22

Focusing on long-term 
sustainable growth has 
helped deliver a growth 
rate of over 12% for Annual 
Recurring Revenues across 
the Group.”

Jonathan Legdon  
Chief	Operating	Officer

Closed over

4,000+

orders

190New customers

The Divisional structure has been 
designed to create a direct focus 
for sales, products, and customer 
engagement. Aimed at delivering great 
customer outcomes and aligning 
product roadmaps and innovation 
investment more dynamically to their 
respective market requirements, these 
changes will help drive high quality, 
long-term sustainable revenue growth 
across the Group. Our operating model 
continues to leverage the overall scale 
of the Group across horizontal functions 
including, Software Development, 
Professional Services, Customer 
Support and Infrastructure.

We retain strong business controls and 
governance to ensure that revenue 
is of high quality, and we continue to 
adopt and implement solutions that 
help improve our annually recurring 
revenues and long-term value.

Focussing on long-term sustainable 
growth has helped deliver a growth 
rate of over 12% for Annual Recurring 
Revenues across the Group.

We continue to invest in our sales 
stratification	strategy,	improving	
efficiencies,	reducing	our	overall	cost	
of sales and enhancing the customer 
experience. This year we welcomed 
190 new customers to Idox and saw 
our order intake grow to over £74m 
(+19%	YoY)	which	was	significantly	

ahead of our revenues in-year, building 
momentum into future revenues 
and orderbook.

We continue to lead the way in the 
provision of digital SaaS platforms 
for the Built Environment and Public 
Protection, Public Sector market 
through our Idox Cloud solutions, 
winning 15 new customers to the 
platform. New customers included 
North Warwickshire Borough Council 
and Rother District Council. Our cloud 
conversion strategy saw continued 
successes this year with more 
customers committing to long-term 
agreements with Idox, including both 
Shropshire County Council and London 
Borough of Brent moving to the Idox 
Cloud	solution.	We	also	saw	significant	
successes in the Local Authority 
customer base particularly in the 
provision of private cloud services; 
successes included Aberdeenshire 
Council, North Lanarkshire Council, 
Sunderland City Council and 
Newport City	Council.

In Aligned Assets we continued to 
win new business throughout 2022, 
providing an address management 
service to the largest police force in the 
country, the Metropolitan Police. Our 
solution delivers critical information 
and property intelligence directly to 
investigating	officers.	This	is	a	solution	
that is fundamental to the emergency 

dispatch	of	officers	for	the	whole	of	
Greater London and the Royal estates, 
so accuracy, speed and resilience are 
vital components of the solution.

In Social Care we saw new wins with 
Oldham Council, Isle of Wight and 
Cambridgeshire County Council. In 
our Sexual Health Solutions, we saw 
an important win with Solution4Health 
and long-term commitments from 
Virgin Care Services, Central London 
Community Health NHS Trust and 
Berkshire Healthcare NHS 
Foundation Trust.

In Elections we saw new clients for both 
Elections Management Software and 
PVMS (Print & Managed Services), these 
included Oxford City Council, Somerset 
Council, and Scottish Borders Council. 
Our Databases business continued to 
attract additional customers, where 
we secured over 120 new customers to 
our GrantFinder and ResearchConnect 
SaaS solutions.

In our EIM division we welcomed 15 
new customers across a number of 
different	industries,	this	included	a	five-
year contract for Lummus Technology 
LLC, TransAlta Energy Corporation 
and Adani-Ambuja Cements Ltd. We 
also saw continued commitment and 
large projects from existing customers 
including Canadian Natural Resource 
Limited (CNRL), Oxy Inc, and PSEG.

Strategic report |	Chief	Operating	Officer’s	review

23

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Chief Operating Officer’s review continued

Margins
We have seen an overall improvement 
in Adjusted EBITDA to 34% (2021: 31%) in 
our continuing business performance 
over the last 12-months. We recorded 
a	statutory	profit	before	tax	of	£6.6m	
(2021: £7.3m) representing a statutory 
profit	margin	of	10%	(2021:	12%).

Across the Group we continue to 
invest in our people, technology 
and operational initiatives to help 
drive improvements in margin 
performance. Leading Together and 
other development programmes 
have created many opportunities for 
colleagues from within the business to 
take on new roles and promotions.

We have doubled the size of our India 
operation in Pune and extended our 
capabilities to include all aspects of our 
back-office	functions,	including	Finance	
and HR. We have also expanded our 
development capacity and included 
technical consultancy and services 
resources; this continues to be a key 
strategic development area for Idox.

Our operational structure combines 
the focus of a targeted divisional go-
to-market team focused on product 
innovation, revenue and customer 
growth with the scale of the entire 
Group for Engineering, Professional 
Services, Customer Support and other 
back-office	functions,	this	combination	
maximises our cost base and resources.

This improves the overall collaboration 
with our customers and is helping us 
drive our investments and development 
efforts into the areas that really matter 
for our customers.

We have maintained our commitment 
to high quality processes by renewing 
our ISO 9001 (Quality Management), 
ISO 14001	(Environmental	Management),	
ISO 45001	(Occupational	Health	&	
Safety) and ISO 27001 (Information 
Security Management) accreditations 
as	well	as	achieving	certification	for	
ISO 22301 (Business Continuity). I am 
also pleased to report that during the 
year, Idox was fully accredited with 
Cyber Essential Plus, demonstrating 
our ongoing commitment to cyber 
security and protection protocols).

Communication
This year we have continued to improve 
the way we work and communicate with 
our customers, leveraging technologies 
previously mentioned to help create 
more meaningful engagement and 
increasing touch points. Additionally, we 
have communicated directly through 
our extensive account management 
teams, these are further supported 
through our internal sales support and 
our	project	management	office.

We	also	work	with	specific	areas	of	
government and industry groups 
directly linked to the markets that 
we serve. This provides access and 
knowledge of the latest strategies, 
requirements and trends enabling Idox 
to participate in these discussions 
and take advantage of these 
opinions and points of view within 
development plans.

Simplification
We continue with our efforts to operate 
the	Group	as	a	simple	and	efficient	
business, leveraging the scale of the 
organisation with continued Group wide 
operational functions for Professional 
Services, Engineering, Customer 
Helpdesk/Support functions as well 
as IT,	People	services	and	Finance.

A divisional structure provides the 
leadership required to directly drive 
revenue growth and strategic product 
alignment through bringing the 
appropriate market knowledge and 
domain expertise.

We continue to invest in technology, 
process improvement and 
organisational design across the Group 
which includes the implementation 
of Financial Force as a Professional 
Services Automation (PSA) tool 
bringing	greater	project	and	financial	
controls, better deployment of 
resources, improved utilisation, and 
has allowed Idox to improve the 
overall Customer Experience.

As we look to maximise our investment 
in our CRM tools implemented over 
the previous years, we have included 
additional capabilities for forecasting 
and deployed pricing automation tools 
to the portfolio, improving consistency, 
efficiency	and	revenue	visibility.

We have also implemented technology 
to assist Product Management and 
Engineering areas; helping to align 
strategic product objectives with our 
corporate objectives. These tools help 
us drive best practice and execute 
delivery across the organisation in a 
consistent and effective way. A key 
initiative of the investment is the 
provision of a dynamic communication 
gateway for customers; improving 
feedback, delivering release notes, 
providing articles for consultation and 
generating active product roadmaps 
are all features of the gateway. 

24

Gloucestershire Hospitals NHS 
Foundation Trust uses iAssets 
to optimise its hospital asset 
tracking system 

“Using iAssets offers improved visibility of 
Equipment Library assets helping us make efficient 
use of those devices in the hospital. The software 
has also helped us in several other ways – from 
finding a missing blood pressure monitor in under 
30 minutes to urgently locating a bi-level positive 
airway pressure (BiPAP) ventilator that was 
removed from a ward and making audits quicker 
and easier to complete with the insight from 
RFID tag tracking.” 

Andrew Stallard  
Specialist Medical Engineer  
Gloucestershire Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust 

We operate a wide and varied 
communication strategy across 
all our teams and look to address 
issues	and	challenges	identified	
with openness and transparency, 
as detailed on page 16. We aim to 
reflect	our	own	people’s	desire	for	
Idox to be a socially responsible 
and sustainable business, providing 
colleagues with time and resources 
to support charities and local good 
causes. Our employee initiatives, 
such as Workplace Wellbeing, provide 
support to our colleagues and create 
communities where support and 
connection is created. We also look to 
encourage colleagues to initiate and 
drive engagement across the business 
through shared interest, these have 
included photography groups, pets, 
cycling, knitting and other hobbies 
and pastimes. We believe that these 
are all good signs of a healthy and 
vibrant business with actively engages 
colleagues where all opinions are 
aired and heard.

FY23 has started well and with our 
new divisional structure, focussing our 
efforts	on	specific	market	challenges	
and aligning our investments into key 
revenue opportunities, we are already 
seeing a positive impact.

Jonathan Legdon
Chief Operating Officer
25 January 2023 

Strategic report |	Chief	Operating	Officer’s	review

25

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Section 172 and stakeholder engagement

Idox’s EHC Hub helps Barnsley Council drive 
digitisation further into its SEND processes, 
enhancing engagement and collaboration 
with families

“By implementing EHC Hub, the Council has been able to greatly enhance the 
processes it had in place by delivering improved collaboration, efficiency and 
transparency, as well as creating visibility and building greater trust with the 
parents and families it works with.”

David Bates 
EHCP	Compliance	and	Quality	Officer 
Barnsley Council

Introduction
We interact with a large number of stakeholders every day. Our focus is to create collaborative, open relationships which 
harness strong connections through mutual understanding and respect.

The	Directors	confirm	that	during	the	year,	they	have	conducted	themselves	in	a	manner	which	promotes	the	long-term	
success of the Group and of the key stakeholders. The Group considers the interests of these stakeholders when long-
term decisions are made as set out in Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.

The methods in which the Group engages with the key stakeholders in order to understand any issues they have are noted 
in the following table:

Key stakeholder

Method of engagement

  Shareholders

•  Direct meetings

•  Supporting equity research

•  Market communications

•  All employee annual events

•  Quarterly senior broadcasts

•  Appraisal cycle

  Employees

•  Executive team sponsored senior leader engagement

•  Monthly employee engagement forums

•  Annual employee surveys and feedback requests

•  Marketing

•  Account management

•  Technical services and on-going support

•  Account management

  Customers

  Suppliers

  Local communities

•  Regular interaction with Humanity for Inclusion

• 

Indirect individual employee interaction via charity work and events

  Banking partners

•  Regular	direct	meetings	with	existing	and	prospective	providers	of	finance

26

The Group continues to engage with its key stakeholders, and the Board incorporates the outcomes of these 
engagements in its principal decision making. The following table details this for the main operational and strategic 
topics facing the Group: 

Topic

Long-term 
strategy of  
the Group

Stakeholder 
engagement Outcome of engagement

Principal decisions

Shareholders, 
employees, 
customers 
and local 
communities

A corporate strategy 
that is focused, clear and 
regularly articulated and 
re-enforced. This should be 
supported by a meaningful 
capital allocation to support 
strategic goals.

The Board continues to assess the best strategic direction 
of the Group to build overall value and establish a credible 
path to continued growth in recurring revenues, EBITDA and 
cash generation. The Board has concluded in the year that our 
current strategy remains sound and well supported by our 
business model and the markets we address.

Performance 
of the Group

Shareholders, 
employees 
and banking 
partners

The Group should 
continue to set itself 
stretching but realistic 
financial	targets,	and	adjust	
pace and quantum of 
investment if required to 
meet these targets.

Financing  
and capital

Shareholders, 
employees, 
customers, 
suppliers 
and banking 
partners

The Group should utilise 
debt facilities where 
available to maximise 
earnings potential, but be 
cautious where leverage  
(Net debt / adj. EBITDA) 
exceed 1.5. Beyond this, 
either	equity	financing	or	
reducing investment plans 
should be considered.

Cash generation should 
remain a priority of the 
business, and declaration 
of a dividend is a sign of 
financial	health	in	addition	 
to providing shareholders  
a return.

In addition, the Board has reviewed the budget in respect of 
the year ending 31 October 2023 in detail and debated which 
investment and spending decisions will have the biggest 
impact on our strategy.

The performance of the Group is reviewed in detail by the 
senior management team on a monthly basis and further 
reviewed by the Board at every Board meeting.

These	financial	and	operational	reviews	typically	involve	
presentation of management reports with extensive 
qualitative and quantitative detail, analysis through to 
discussion to understand any variances to forecast 
performance, and agreeing of adaptive actions as the  
situation dictates. 

The capital structure is regularly considered as a standing 
agenda	item	included	in	the	finance	section	of	the	Board’s	
regular meetings. The CEO and CFO regularly meet existing 
and prospective investors and banking partners to gauge 
likely sources and costs of funding and associated longer-
term trends.

The	Group’s	levels	of	financing,	and	its	capital	allocation 
policy are discussed at the Board’s regular meetings.

During the year ended 31 October 2020 the Board re-
established its dividend policy. Under this policy there is 
intention	to	pay	a	final	dividend	of	0.5	pence	in	respect	
of the year ended 31 October 2022 and to continue to 
progress incrementally beyond that depending on cash 
and earnings affordability.

Strategic report | S172 and stakeholder engagement

27

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Section 172 and stakeholder engagement continued

Topic

Employees 
and culture

Stakeholder 
engagement Outcome of engagement

Principal decisions

Local 
communities, 
shareholders 
and employees

Idox should strive to be 
an employer of choice 
to attract and retain the 
best employees that will 
help scale the business 
in	a	profitable	and	cash-
generative way.

Investment in Idox’s 
people should go beyond 
financial	rewards,	and	the	
Group should engender a 
fair, culturally strong and 
socially-aware ethos that 
existing and prospective 
employees will be excited  
to be part of.

The Senior Management team continue to support and 
advocate on a number of employee resource groups. These 
provide support and development opportunities, as well as 
helping build a sense of community within Idox.

These initiatives have included:

•  Employee Lounges – providing community and  

networking opportunities

• 

• 

Idox Voice – regular employee communications

Idox Elevate – gender equality

•  Workplace Wellbeing – mental health support for 

our people

•  CEO Broadcasts – ensuring our leadership is regularly 

visible and communicating to our people

•  Leadership Together – leadership programme

Risk, 
governance 
and internal 
control 
environments

Shareholders, 
employees, 
customers, 
suppliers, local 
communities 
and banking 
partners

As a PLC with a public 
sector customer base and 
banking partners, Idox 
should strive for the best 
risk management and 
governance framework 
commensurate with 
its scale.

Whilst the Group has seen a 40-point increase in the employee 
Net Promoter Score from 2019, through to 2021, we were 
disappointed to see a 21-point decrease in 2022. Given the 
macro climate and external factors on cost of living, this is a 
factor we continue to monitor and explore ways to mitigate.

The Board continues to monitor these initiatives, the impact on 
our people and employee churn metrics more generally.

The Board actively monitors and discusses the risks facing the 
Group, appetite level for each type of risk, and the measures in 
place to manage these risks.

During the year the Group has set up an internal control function 
to focus on this area and have appointed an external specialist 
to perform health checks of the control environment. Idox has 
also completed the action plan of improvements based on the 
feedback received from the previous year’s reviews.

28

Local communities
Environmental
The Group recognises the importance 
of environmental protection and is 
committed to operating its business 
responsibly and in compliance 
with all legal requirements. It is the 
Group’s declared policy to operate 
with and to maintain good relations 
with all regulatory bodies. In support 
of this policy, the Group operates an 
Environmental Management System 
which is included in the accreditation 
to BS EN ISO 14001:2015. The Group 
participates in the Energy Saving 
Opportunities Scheme (ESOS) and 
meets the requirements of the 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (SECR) regulations.

In addition, Idox has adopted the 
recommendations and model of the 
Financial Stability Board of the Bank 
for International Settlements’ Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD).

Our business model of software 
development and deployment has 
significantly	lower	consumption	than	
most other industries which require 
creation of physical product or 
regular transport of either goods or 
employees. We nonetheless recognise 
we as a business have our part to play 
in reducing carbon emissions in all 
our communities.	

While there is no supplier training, 
we prefer to work with suppliers and 
other parties who have ISO 14001 
accreditation.

We	pro-actively	manage	office-
based consumption and seek 
to minimise the impact on the 
environment by limiting travel of our 
people. As we continue to support 
colleagues to work from home, we 
continually assess and review our 
office	footprint.	We	are	mindful	that	
managing environmental impact is a 
collective effort and therefore, seek 
to promote climate change awareness 
through our management teams and 
colleagues at all opportunities.

See further details on our 
Environmental reporting on page  
35 and 57.

Social
Creating social value within the 
communities we serve is key for Idox. 
We actively encourage employees 
to take part in volunteering and 
charitable opportunities. Via 
promotion and sponsorship of 
charitable efforts within our monthly 
newsletter, Inside Idox, the Group 
creates opportunity for local 
fundraising activities. 

Through employee resource groups 
and access to volunteering days, 
Idox has positively engaged in 
opportunities to improve lives for 
underrepresented groups and 
local communities. 

As we progress through our 
commitments to Environmental, Social 
and Governance impacts as a Group, 
we have realised our potential in 
positively impacting those around us. 
Read more about our approach and 
activities on page 30.

This report was approved by the 
Board of Directors and authorised 
for issue. Signed on its behalf by:

David Meaden 
Chief Executive Officer
25 January 2023

Strategic report | S172 and stakeholder engagement

29

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Responsible business

Idox is passionate about creating a responsible business for our colleagues, communities and all 
other stakeholders. Having set up the ESG Steering Committee in 2021, we continue to improve our 
approach and look at further opportunities to enhance sustainable practices.

Our structured approach, working to support the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), has four main areas 
of focus:

Our four areas of commitment

Our people
The aim: To build a diverse and inclusive workforce 
who feel supported and encouraged to excel in their 
career and life at Idox.

Our community
The aim: To support and enable our local 
communities to achieve more through the use of our 
products and using our knowledge base to educate 
and support individuals.

The UN SDGs 
we support

The UN SDGs 
we support

The UN SDGs 
we support

The UN SDGs 
we support

Our environment
The aim: As a naturally low emission business, we 
are committed to improving our environmental 
performance and enabling our customers to do so.

Our organisational responsibility
The aim: To be a responsible employer, supplier, and 
overall business. 

30

Exploring our four areas of commitment

Our people

Our people are central to all that we do at 
Idox. Having invested in our teams through 
leadership development and focused on 
Diversity, Equality and Inclusion initiatives,  
we are committed to ensuring that we offer  
a great place to work for all. 

Diversity, Equality and Inclusion (DEI)
As Idox continues to grow, welcoming people from 
different communities, we have become increasingly 
focused on the diversity and inclusion of our people. 
For	the	first	time,	in	2022,	Idox	created	a	‘Dare	to	be	
Different’ survey, aimed at understanding who our 
colleagues are and what is important to them. The 
optional survey gave us an increased insight into who 
our people are, from beliefs to sexual orientation and 
pronouns. With 44% of colleagues completing the 
survey, it has provided a base from which Idox will 
further explore how to support, advocate and welcome 
those from minority communities. 

In addition, Idox Elevate has continued to work on 
allyship and promoting gender equality at all levels 
of the organisation. We continue to look at how our 
recruitment strategy can reinforce diversity in new 
hires; we are communicating and retraining our 
teams on the recruitment process. This includes the 
mandating of gender balanced panels; salary checks 
to ensure no inequality and where possible, new roles 
should	offer	flexible	working	or	part	time	options	as	
standard. More stats are available in our Gender Pay 
Gap report – https://www.idoxgroup.com/wp-content/
uploads/Gender-pay-gap-reporting-22.pdf.

We have also introduced monthly unconscious bias 
workshops where our teams can learn how to identify 
and tackle bias in the workplace. The feedback from 
these sessions was that people are keen to see this 
become mandatory training for all employees. We have 
taken this on board and a DEI training programme will 
be rolled out to all employees later this year alongside 
the mandatory information security training we already 
have in place.

We do, however, recognise the importance of improving 
our diversity at senior management level, and in 
2023, the Board will work with Idox Elevate to create a 
fast-track scheme focused on developing the skills of 
talented women in the business, so they are ready 
to	fulfil	these	senior	positions.	

Key stats

20%

Females on  
Idox plc Board

20%

People of ethnic minorities 
on Idox plc Board

15*

Number of ethnicities 
within the Idox workforce

13%

of colleagues are 
neurodivergent*

13%

of colleagues are from the 
LBGTQIA+ community*

16

Number of religious 
beliefs at Idox*

*   These results are representative of the 245 employees who chose to respond to our DEI survey. 

Strategic report | Responsible business

31

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Responsible business continued

Exploring our four areas of commitment continued

Our people continued

Training and development
Creating opportunities for our people to develop long 
lasting careers, as well as developing high potential 
talent, is a key focus at Idox. Having launched Leading 
Together in 2021, we were pleased to welcome a further 
70 employees into the programme in 2022. 

Employee initiatives 
Our employee initiatives continue to create success, 
community, and connectedness across Idox, while 
looking at important subjects. Workplace Wellbeing 
continue to explore challenging and inspiring topics 
that can impact our employee’s health. From cold 
water therapy, to dealing with trauma, the team provide 
invaluable support to our people. 

In 2022, we created a new initiative, Employee Lounges, 
to help enhance connection, two-way feedback, 
and wellbeing checks to our colleagues. Taking place 
monthly, the gathering brings together groups of around 
10 people from different locations, departments, and 
teams together to discuss life at Idox. The topics 
covered focus on culture, maintaining healthy working 
practices and building inclusivity. 

Idox Voice maintain our community, creating 
opportunities for recognition, social activities, and 
engagement. This year the team have again run several 
events focused on recognition of the work of our people 
and that bring connection to our remote teams. Walkies 
with Idox took place for a second year, bringing people 
together for a month of challenges and encouraging 
everyone to take some time away from their desk for 
exercise and time spent in nature.

Key stats

10

Workplace Wellbeing 
sessions

6

In conversation with 
Idox Elevate sessions

8

Employee lounge 
sessions

22k+

miles covered in  
Walkies with Idox

32

 
Our community

Volunteering and charitable giving
Each year, we offer our colleagues a paid day’s 
volunteering to give back to the causes close to their 
heart. The scheme has successfully allowed our people 
to give back and create teambuilding activities. 

In response to National Council for Voluntary 
Organisations (NCVO) preparing to discontinue its 
funding portal, Idox launched My Funding Central 
in March 2021. My Funding Central provides easy 
access to thousands of grants and social investment 
opportunities from local, national, and international 
funding sources – all in one place. The service 
is	specifically	aimed	at	charities	and	voluntary	
organisations with incomes less than £1 million and is 
free to use for those organisations with incomes below 
£30,000. 2,704 charity and voluntary organisations, 
community groups and social enterprises have already 
signed up to use the service free of charge.

Workplace Wellbeing also created a strong relationship 
with the charity, Humanity and Inclusion following a 
donation from Idox on behalf of our employees. As 
part of that relationship, Humanity and Inclusion Chief 
Executive, George Graham, has engaged with our team 
to give talks and invited Idox CEO, David Meaden to join 
discussions with the charity. The insight into the impact 
of the Ukrainian crisis, as well as all the other good work 
that Humanity and Inclusion undertake, has been an 
inspiration to our people.

On the 20th May 2022, the Idox 
Finance team took a trip to Mugdock 
Park as part of our volunteer scheme 
to support the local community. 

The team reached out to Mugdock Park, jointly owned 
by Stirling and East Dunbartonshire Councils, to offer 
assistance in restoring areas of the park. On the day, 12 
Idox colleagues visited the space and helped creating 
two ponds which are sources of life in the park as well as 
clearing pathways from overgrown plants to ensure the 
community can access areas of the park safely.

Having completed the day, the team not only enjoyed 
giving	back	to	a	local	shared	space	but	felt	the	benefits	of	
getting together over a shared cause. They look forward to 
getting back to the park for their next volunteering day. 

Our organisational responsibility

Idox is committed to providing equal pay and 
opportunities for all.

As a Living Wage employer, we are committed to providing 
well paid career opportunities. In addition, we are 
committed to developing and growing our internal talent. 
Having had a number of colleagues complete our Leading 
Together programme, we have upskilled colleagues, ready 
for leadership roles and career progression.

We continue to review and update recruitment policies, 
in collaboration with Idox Elevate, to ensure processes are 
fair for all.

Having introduced a new role, Head of Compliance 
Services, Idox continues to ensure we are best placed 
to review processes and mitigate risks. Part of this 

role includes managing a newly formed internal audit 
function, ensuring scrutiny of operational adherence 
and maintaining	reliable	controls	across	the	Group.

Idox continues to build on our culture of integrity with 
regular communications to our teams to ensure that 
we maintain well governed processes and procedures. 
Our workplace policies help maintain and work to the 
professional standards we strive for. This includes 
multilingual copies of our Whistleblowing Policy, Gifts 
and Hospitality	Policy	and	International	Business	Policy.

Each year, our colleagues undertake Bribery and 
Corruption training and Information Security training 
to help us to understand the risks to the business and 
ourselves. These also form part of the onboarding process 
and help ensure integrity and security for our people and 
business alike.

Strategic report | Responsible business

33

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Responsible business continued

Our environment

In 2021, Idox adopted the TCFD framework to monitor and improve our environmental impact. The 
use of this framework has allowed Idox to report on the four thematic areas: governance, strategy, 
risk management, and metrics and targets.

Governance: The organisation’s governance around climate-related risks and opportunities.

We have well established structures of governance with the Board, Audit Committee and Executive Management Team 
all	having	defined	roles	within	this	structure.	Climate	related	risks	and	opportunities	form	a	key	and	integral	component	
of our overall corporate governance.

Strategy: The actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities on the 
organisation’s businesses, strategy and financial planning.

Principal climate-related risks 
and opportunities

Business interruption due to 
severe weather events.

Impact(s) on Idox

Impact type(s)

Idox response(s)

Local	office	closures;	key	
employees unavailable; key 
project delivery delayed.

Business Operational

ISO 22301 accredited Business 
Continuity Management 
System; remote project support 
model established.

Failure to address increased 
legislation, regulation or 
general expectation.

Climate-related plans, actions 
or statements not considered 
adequate for some public 
procurement or key suppliers.

Additional operational 
and reporting complexity; 
potential negative sentiment 
with key stakeholders.

Inability to tender for 
some opportunities, supply 
chain risk.

Business Operational; 
Strategy 

Annual review of scope of 
responsibilities and ability of our 
structures and processes to adapt.

Financial; Business 
Operational

Monitor tender requirements and 
adjust initiatives and / or messages 
if necessary.

Climate-related plans, actions 
or statements not considered 
adequate for some investors.

Reduced ability to attract a 
range of investors to support 
strategic objectives.

Strategy; Financial

Ensure climate action plan remains 
in line with best practices and 
recognised disclosure standards.

Risk Management: The processes used by the organisation to identify, assess and manage 
climate-related risks.

Idox has a comprehensive risk management strategy and supporting process which is aligned with our governance 
approach. Climate-related risks form part of the overall risk management regime. 

Our approach to risk management is described in the principal risks and uncertainties on pages 45 to 48.

Metrics and Targets: The metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant climate-
related risks and opportunities.

Working within the three scopes of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (GHG), Idox has committed to achieving net zero 
carbon emissions by 2040. Across the business we will have a three-step approach to carbon emissions. Our 
main priority is to eliminate emissions, where this is not practical, we will prioritise reducing the emissions impact 
of	our	activities	and	finally,	we	will	offset	emissions	that	cannot	be	eliminated	or	further	reduced	by	engaging	in	a	
compensating carbon offset programme.

In	line	with	the	GHG,	Idox	has	identified	that	financial	year	2019	is	an	appropriate	baseline	year	for	assessing	 
carbon reduction.

34

The table below shows the total gross GHG emissions in tonnes of CO2 (tCO2e):

Emissions Scope

1. Direct

Fuel – Gas

Fuel – Oil

Passenger vehicles

2.  Indirect – 
Electricity

Electricity Use

3.  Indirect – 

Business Travel – Air

Other

Business Travel – Hotel

Business Travel – Land

Business Travel – Mileage

Waste Disposal – Batteries

Waste Disposal – Electrical 
Items

Waste Disposal – Paper etc

Total gross emissions

Year ended  
31 October 2019  
(Baseline year)

Year ended 
31 October 
2021

Year ended 
31 October 
2022

Current year 
change from 
prior year

Current year 
change from 
baseline

14

16

10

121

92

52

16

303

4

66

37

731

5

9

8

59

10

13

3

21

–

8

15

151

–

8

7

84

51

23

11

38

–

9

22

253

(100%)

(100%)

(9%)

(14%)

42%

398%

81%

225%

77%

–

14%

48%

68%

(50%)

(28%)

(30%)

(45%)

(56%)

(33%)

(87%)

(100%)

(86%)

(41%)

(65%)

An internal peer review is performed on the numbers above and we aim to continue to improve the methods of data 
collection going forward to ensure we maintain a robust approach to our GHG reporting.

Awareness of our environmental impact, the initiatives we are taking to reduce it and the positive impact everyone in 
Idox can, and is making, has been maintained. Ensuring employees are aware of their impact, especially in reducing 
travel and choosing public transport. 

Having had input from people across Idox, planning was put in place this year to create an Electric Vehicle (EV) Scheme. 
Available to all UK based employees, our aim is to provide more people an affordable route to EV usage, thus creating a 
positive impact on emissions.

Our	Carbon	Reduction	Dashboard	highlights	the	progress	we	have	made	since	our	baseline	year,	specifically	within	the	
three scopes. The dashboard is maintained and published on a quarterly basis, providing detailed information on our 
monitoring activities. 

Underpinning all our environmental protection and impact reduction initiatives is an Environmental Management 
System accredited to BS EN ISO 14001:2015. This enables us to actively assess the effectiveness of the process 
employed across the business and adjust as necessary.

Emissions have increased in 2022 compared with 2021 as the impact of travel and other pandemic related restrictions 
have eased. However, many of the changed working practices that we introduced in 2021, and which have positively 
impacted our carbon emissions, have been retained with emissions in 2022 being 65% down on the baseline year.

To meet our 2040 net carbon zero goal, we aim to achieve a 25% decrease in carbon emissions at the end of our 3-year 
plan period to 31 October 2024 compared with 2019 (representing a reduction of about 183 tonnes of CO2 emissions in 
2024 compared with 2019). The results in 2022 demonstrate we are on track to achieve this aim.

Strategic report | Responsible business

35

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Responsible business continued

Idox Carbon Reduction Dashboard (baseline year is 2019)

Year 2022

Total CO2 (Tonnes)

253

Year on Year Change

68%

Change from baseline year: 
(65%)

Total CO2 Change from 2019 Baseline (All Scopes) 
(Full Year on Full year change)

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

0%

(10%)

(20%)

(30%)

(40%)

(50%)

(60%)

(70%)

(80%)

(90%)

Tonnes CO2 Emissions per Year – Detail for Scope 1 & 2

121

2019
Tonnes CO2

2020
YoY Change

2021

2022

Reduction from Baseline Year

87

84

59

30

10

25

9

13

8

8

7

2019

2020

2021

2022

Tonnes CO2 Change Year on Year – Detail for Scope 1 & 2

42%

Scope	1	–	Direct	Emissions	–	Offices
Scope 1 – Direct Emissions – Vehicles
Scope 2 – Electricity Use

2020

(9%)

(17%)

(28%)

2021

(8%)

2022

(14%)

(32%)

(40%)

(46%)

36

CO2 Emissions – detail for Full Year 2022

Scope 1

Direct	Emissions	–	Offices

Direct Emissions – Vehicles

8

7

Scope 2

Scope 3

Electricity Use

Waste Disposal

Air Travel

31

51

84

Business Travel – Mileage

38

Business Travel Land

11

Hotel Stay

23

Tonnes CO2 Emissions per Year – Detail for Scope 3 (Full Year)

303

107

92

52

54

41

109

19

23

10

21

13

31

51

38

23

2019

2020

2021

2022

Tonnes CO2 Emissions Year on Year – Detail for Scope 3 (Full Year on Year Change)

Scope 3 – Waste Disposal
Scope 3 – Air Travel
Scope 3 – Business Travel Mileage
Scope 3 – Business Travel Land
Scope 3 – Hotel Stay

2020

2021

(42%)

(61%)

(64%)

(51%)

(64%)

(45%)

(81%)

(80%)

(32%)

(57%)

402%

224%

75%

81%

38%

2022

Strategic report | Responsible business

37

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Responsible business continued

ABEI Energy 
The organisation engaged LandHawk to help it identify potential 
development sites faster and risk assess against its specific custom 
criteria. Idox has since acquired LandHawk in 2022 and continues to 
support ABEI Energy with its in-house team of geospatial experts, 
having helped design a bespoke solution to meet its needs now and 
in the future.

Challenge
Identifying the right development sites without 
relying on multiple, manual, outdated processes

Solution
One platform to find and assess potential renewable 
infrastructure sites

The growth plans that ABEI Energy has hinge on the 
identification	and	development	of	new	renewable	
infrastructure carried out by its project development 
team. The process it was using was time-consuming 
and outdated, involving the use of multiple siloed 
resources and geospatial expertise to search for and 
assess	opportunities.	Its	specific	criteria	of	search	
requirements meant the results were inaccurate and 
slow to process. It needed a system that allowed for 
personal data ingestion plus the personalisation of 
site analysis	results.

“We’re	now	able	to	find	the	right	
development sites without the need 
to rely on multiple resources to deliver, 
allowing us to deliver important 
projects faster.”

Rob Morris 
Project Developer  
ABEI Energy

The	team	at	LandHawk	quickly	identified	that	its	
geospatially	enabled	site	identification	and	viability	
assessment platform would deliver the customisation 
capability	ABEI	Energy	required	to	find	and	assess	
potential development sites quickly.

A team of geospatial experts set up custom data 
ingestion, Distribution Network Operator (DNO) gridline 
and substation location data. This included a custom 
site	analysis	weighting	profile	to	include	DNO	data	with	
risk scoring to only highlight sites that ABEI Energy 
deem developable.

A custom nationwide Her Majesty’s Land Registry 
dataset was also set up, joining all touching land parcels 
with the same ownership, allowing ABEI Energy to 
instantly understand marriage opportunities across 
land ownerships. There are also future plans for fully 
automated DNO data updates.

Outcome
Faster delivery of projects with a single, collaborative 
platform to identify viable opportunities

Now the team at ABEI Energy has a one-stop-shop 
solution in the platform. It enables them to quickly view 
planning applications, environmental constraints, run 
custom searches, analyse results and manage land 
acquisition opportunities much quicker and 
more	reliably	than	ever before.

38

Strategic report | Responsible business

39

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Financial review

The Group continues to invest 
in developing innovative 
technology solutions

Financial review
FY22 has seen a robust set of 
results against challenging market 
conditions. The Group delivered 
increased revenues and improved 
levels of EBITDA and margin along with 
improvements in its net debt position 
at 31 October 2022. In addition, 
the Group continued to progress 
its M&A strategy and completed 
the acquisition of LandHawk in 
October 2022.	

The Idox Content businesses are 
classified	as	discontinued	operations	
following their disposal in FY21. As a 
result of the disposal there have been 
no revenues or EBITDA attributable 
to this division in the year, however, 
there	have	been	finalisation	costs	
associated with the disposal 
of £0.6m.

40

The following table sets out the revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for each of the Group’s segments from its continuing 
and discontinued activities:

Revenue

Public Sector Software

Engineering Information Management

Idox Software

Idox Content (discontinued)

Total

Revenue split

Public Sector Software

Engineering Information Management

Idox Software

Idox Content (discontinued)

Adjusted EBITDA*

Public Sector Software

Engineering Information Management

Idox Software

Idox Content (discontinued)

Total

Adjusted EBITDA margin split

Public Sector Software

Engineering Information Management

Idox Software

Idox Content (discontinued)

Total

FY22

FY21 

£000

%

Variance

58,283

7,901

66,184

–

54,114

8,071

62,185

3,897

66,184

66,082

4,169

(170)

3,999

(3,897)

102

8%

(2%)

6%

(100%)

(0%)

88%

12%

100%

–

20,974

1,535

22,509

–

22,509

36%

19%

34%

–

34%

82%

12%

94%

6%

17,969

1,550

19,519

276

19,795

33%

19%

31%

7%

30%

3,005

(15)

2,990

(276)

2,714

17%

(1%)

15%

(100%)

14%

*		 	Adjusted	EBITDA	is	defined	as	earnings	before	amortisation,	depreciation,	restructuring,	acquisition	costs,	impairment,	financing	costs	and	share	option	

costs. See page 135 for reconciliations of the alternative performance measures.

Continuing operations – PSS and EIM

Continuing revenues

Recurring (PSS)

Recurring (EIM)

Total recurring

Non-recurring (PSS)

Non-recurring (EIM)

Total non-recurring

Total continuing revenue

Recurring*

Non-recurring**

FY22 
£000

FY21 
£000

Variance

£000

%

34,557

5,989

40,546

23,726

1,912

25,638

30,111

6,139

36,250

24,003

1,932

25,935

4,446

(150)

4,296

(277)

(20)

(297)

66,184

62,185

3,999

61%

39%

58%

42%

15%

(2%)

12%

(1%)

(1%)

(1%)

6%

*	

	Recurring	revenue	is	defined	as	revenues	associated	with	access	to	a	specific	ongoing	service,	with	invoicing	that	typically	recurs	on	an	annual	basis	
and underpinned by either a multi-year or rolling contract. These services include Support & Maintenance, SaaS fees, Hosting services, and some 
Managed	Service	arrangements	which	involve	a	fixed	fee	irrespective	of	consumption.	

**	Non-Recurring	revenue	is	defined	as	revenues	without	any	formal	commitment	from	the	customer	to	recur	on	an	annual	basis.

Strategic Report | Financial review

41

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Idox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Financial review continued

Revenue from continuing operations for the Group increased 6% in the year to £66.2m (2021: £62.2m). PSS was up 8% 
for	the	year	at	£58.3m	(2021:	£54.1m)	and	EIM	has	remained	broadly	flat	with	revenue	of	£7.9m	(2021:	£8.1m).	Taking	
account of revenues from discontinued businesses in 2021 of £3.9m total Group revenue is slightly up in the year.

Recurring revenues for the year increased 12% from £36.3m to £40.5m and represented 61% (2021: 58%) of the total 
continuing revenue. Within PSS, recurring revenue increased 15% to £34.6m (2021: £30.1m). Good growth in recurring 
revenue in the Group’s Local Authority and Grants businesses was supported by new wins and a full year impact from 
Aligned Assets, exeGesIS, and thinkWhere. The recurring revenues in EIM remained stable at £6.0m (2021: £6.1m). 

Non-recurring revenues for the year were marginally lower at £25.6m (2021: £25.9m). PSS recorded a small reduction of 
£0.3m resulting in revenue of £23.7m (2021: £24.0m) with strong contributions from the Local Authority and Elections 
businesses. EIM remained stable at £1.9m (2021: £1.9m).

Adjusted EBITDA increased by 15% to £22.5m (2021: £19.5m), delivering an improved Adjusted EBITDA margin of 34% (2021: 
31%).	The	margin	improvement	has	been	driven	by	a	combination	of	operational	efficiencies,	changes	in	mix	and	pricing.

We	continue	with	our	efforts	to	improve	efficiencies	through	marginal	gains	across	our	sales,	development,	professional	
services and support activities, and leverage our common resources to drive higher margins through improved 
economies of scale. 

Discontinued operations – Content
The Group divested of its Content division during March and April 2021 and therefore has not recorded any revenues in 
the	year.	The	table	below	is	included	to	provide	the	comparative	figures	for	FY21.

Idox Content revenues

Recurring 

Non-Recurring

Recurring

Non-Recurring

FY22 
£000

FY21 
£000

Variance

£000

%

–

–

–

–

–

604

3,293

3,897

15%

85%

(604)

(3,293)

(3,897)

(100%)

(100%)

(100%)

Profit before taxation
The	statutory	profit	before	tax	was	£6.6m	(2021:	£7.3m).	The	reasons	for	the	improved	adjusted	EBITDA	are	set	out	above,	
and	the	reasons	for	the	movements	in	all	other	constituent	parts	of	profit	before	tax	are	set	out	below.	The	following	table	
provides	a	reconciliation	between	adjusted	EBITDA	and	statutory	profit	before	taxation	for	continuing	operations.

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation

Amortisation – software licences and R&D

Amortisation – acquired intangibles

Restructuring costs

Acquisition costs

Financing costs

Share option costs

Net	finance	costs

Profit	before	taxation

FY22 
£000

22,509

(1,597)

(5,317)

(3,670)

(470)

(183)

(30)

(2,584)

(2,056)

6,602

FY21 
£000

19,519

(1,581)

(5,062)

(3,561)

90

134

(110)

(1,789)

(372)

7,268

Variance

£000

2,990

(16)

(255)

(109)

(560)

(317)

80

(795)

(1,684)

(666)

%

15%

1%

5%

3%

(622%)

(237%)

(73%)

44%

453%

(9%)

Restructuring costs were £0.5m (2021: £0.1m gain). The restructuring costs in the year are associated with further 
simplifications	of	the	Group	structure	as	we	look	to	remove	historical	dormant	companies	associated	with	previous	
acquisitions.

42

Acquisition	costs	of	£0.2m	(2021:	£0.1m	gain)	relates	to	the	acquisition	of	LandHawk	in	the	year	and	finalisation	fees	
associated with the acquisition of Aligned Assets, thinkWhere and exeGesIS in the prior year. The prior year is in relation 
to the acquisition of Aligned Assets, thinkWhere and exeGesIS.

Financing costs of £30k (2021: £0.1m) relate to the annual fee incurred as part of the loan facility agreement. The prior 
year costs were incurred as part of the loan extension and transition to SONIA from LIBOR in October 2021.

Share option costs of £2.6m (2021: £1.8m) relate to the accounting charge for awards made under the Group’s Long-
term Incentive Plan. The increase in the year is driven by the full year impact of awards made in the prior year coupled 
with additional awards made in FY22.

Net	finance	costs	have	increased	to	£2.1m	(2021:	£0.4m)	due	the	impact	of	a	£1.0m	adverse	foreign	exchange	movement	
(non-cash) on the Euro denominated bond and a £0.7m adverse impact of an effective interest rate accounting 
adjustment on drawn loan balances (also non-cash).

The Group continues to invest in developing innovative technology solutions across the Idox Software portfolio and has 
capitalised development costs of £6.6m (2021: £4.6m). The increase in the year is primarily due to the full year impact 
of the FY21 acquisitions (£1.5m), with the remaining £0.5m being driven by an increase in our development and other 
outsourced costs. 

Taxation
The effective tax rate (ETR) for the year was 16.4% (2021: 9.4%) for total operations. The ETR for the year for continuing 
operations was 16.4% (2021: 17.0%). 

The	main	factors	for	the	reduction	in	the	volatility	in	the	ETR	on	the	profit	before	tax	position	were	the	disposals	in	FY21	
which resulted in income not subject to tax, meaning permanent and other differences giving rise to ETR effects were 
proportionately lower in the current period. These differences included routine non-allowable amounts, losses utilised 
in the period in addition to international losses not recognised in the period and higher overseas tax rates.

The difference between the statutory rate of 19% and the ETR of 16.42% is due to tax losses utilised in the year, the 
impact of overseas tax rates and international losses arising in the period and not recognised.

There are substantial carried-forward losses not recognised for deferred tax purposes to date, owing to adoption of a 
prudent loss recognition position. The gross value of these losses not recognised to date totals £13m, split across Malta 
(£10.9m)	and	France	(£2.1m).	The	Board	is	hopeful	that	the	Group	will	benefit	from	these	unrecognised	tax	losses,	with	the	
exception of Malta, in the future and these will be recognised at the point where utilisation becomes more certain.

Earnings per share and dividends
Basic earnings per share for continuing and discontinued operations decreased to 1.14p (2021: 2.71p) as a result of the 
profit	for	FY21	benefitting	from	the	£6.29m	gain	on	disposal	of	the	Content	businesses.	Diluted	earnings	per	share	
decreased to 1.11p (2021: 2.65p).

Adjusted basic earnings per share for continuing operations increased 6% to 2.48p (2021: 2.33p) and adjusted diluted 
earnings per share increased 7% to 2.44p (2021: 2.27p). The difference between the increase in adjusted EBITDA of 15% 
and	the	adjusted	basic	earnings	per	share	of	8%	is	driven	by	the	increase	in	finance	costs	in	the	year.	

The	Board	proposes	a	final	dividend	of	0.5p	per	share	(2021:	0.4p),	which	represents	a	total	dividend	for	the	year	of	
0.5p per	share	(2021:	0.4p),	at	a	total	cost	of	£2.3m	(2021:	£1.8m).

Strategic Report | Financial review

43

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Financial review continued

Balance sheet and cash flows
The Group’s net assets have increased to £67.4m compared to £60.8m as at 31 October 2021. The constituent 
movements are detailed in the Group’s consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity: which are summarised as follows:

Total Equity as per FY21 Financial Report

Share option movements

Fair value of deferred consideration shares on purchase of subsidiary

Equity dividends paid

Profit	for	the	year

Exchange gains on translation of foreign operations

Total Equity as per FY22 Financial Report

12 months to 
31 October 2022 
£000

60,810

2,542

376

(1,784)

5,044

428

67,416

The	increase	in	the	Group’s	net	assets	is	principally	due	to	the	profit	for	the	year,	with	an	improvement	in	net	debt	in	
the year as the Group continued to target cash generative revenues and margins across its business. This is bolstered 
by the increase of intangible assets due to the purchase of LandHawk in the year, which was offset by the reduction 
in the right-of-use-assets. The Group settled VAT deferrals from the previous year of £1.0m and the historic provision 
associated	with	our	exited	London	office.

Cash generated from operating activities before tax as a percentage of Adjusted EBITDA was 81% (2021: 84%). This 
decrease was due primarily to the VAT liability deferrals the Group took advantage of as part of its early Covid-19 
pandemic defensive actions in FY20 which were fully settled in FY22. The Group generally continues to have high levels 
of adjusted EBITDA to cash conversion. 

Free	cashflow	for	the	year	was	£7.2m	(2021:	£9.7m).	Free	cashflow	has	decreased	in	the	year	due	to	the	VAT	effect	
referred to above coupled with an increased investment in capex in the year. 

Net	cash	flow	from	operating	activities	after	taxation

Capex

Lease payments

Free	cash	flow

FY22 
£000

15,647

(7,558)

(927)

7,162

FY21 
£000

16,554

(5,747)

(1,154)

9,653

The Group ended the year with net debt of £6.7m (2021: £8.1m), an 18% improvement on the 2021 net debt position. Net 
debt comprised cash of £13.9m less bank borrowings of £9.2m and the Maltese listed bond of £11.3m, which is due in 
June 2025. We ended the year with a net debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio of 0.3 (2021: 0.42).

The	Group	retains	significant	liquidity	with	cash	and	available	committed	bank	facilities	and	has	strong	headroom	
against	financial	covenants.	The	Group’s	total	available	facilities	at	31	October	2022	consisted	of	a	revolving	credit	
facility of £35m and £10m accordion which continue to June 2024. 

Anoop Kang
Chief Financial Officer
25 January 2023

44

Embedding the risk culture 
Throughout the Group, risk 
management is subject to regular 
review and any opportunities for 
improvements are implemented. This 
is recognised by ongoing training and 
advice by divisional and business 
unit risk representatives, best 
practice sharing, gap analysis and 
internal benchmarking. Successful 
training and communication help 
build a culture and ability to further 
embed processes and procedures 
throughout the organisation. A more 
deeply embedded risk management 
culture supports long-term value 
creation for all stakeholders.

Principal risks and uncertainties

Responsibility for risk
Risk	identification	and	management	
strategy continues to be a key role 
for the Board, which has overall 
responsibility for the Group’s risk 
management. In addition, risk is 
specifically	considered	by	the	Audit	
Committee as part of the Audit cycle.

Risk management processes and 
internal control procedures are 
established across all levels of the 
Group and are managed by the 
Executive Directors in conjunction 
with dedicated expert professionals 
in the business. We embed our Risk 
Assessment procedures in monthly 
business reviews.

Risk management and internal 
controls provide reasonable but not 
absolute protection against risk. We 
acknowledge that risk is present in 
almost every activity. Risk appetite  
is not static and is regularly assessed 
by the Board to ensure it continues  
to be aligned with the Group’s goals  
and strategy.

The risk management assessment 
carried out by KPMG in 2021 provided 
an objective review of the approach 
and the key risks contained in the risk 
register and the principal risks in the 
Annual Report. This assessment did 
not highlight any material gaps in risk 
or control in the Group’s operations 
but did propose a number of 
potential routine improvements. The 
recommendations from this report 
were considered and a programme of 
required changes and improvements 
was implemented over the last year. 

As part of this programme, a risk 
management dashboard was 
developed and agreed by the Audit 
Committee. This is contained within 
the Risk Register and provides 
oversight of the key elements of the 
risk environment in a more dynamic 
and real time way including new/
emerging/mitigated risks, key risk 
indicators, and risk probability 
distributions as well as updates 
on the Group’s rolling internal 
controls programme.

Our Risk appetite:
• 

is strategic and is related to the 
pursuit of organisational objectives;

• 

forms an integral part of 
corporate governance;

•  guides the allocation of resources;

•  guides the organisation’s 

infrastructure, supporting its 
activities related to recognising, 
assessing, responding to, and 
monitoring risks in pursuit of 
organisational objectives;

influences	the	organisation’s	
attitudes towards risk;

is applied against all material 
risks in the business to determine 
whether	mitigations	are	sufficient	
for residual risks to be closed  
or accepted;

is multi-dimensional, including 
when applied to the pursuit 
of value in the short-term and 
the longer term of the strategic 
planning cycle; and

• 

• 

• 

•  requires effective monitoring of the 
risk itself and of the organisation’s 
continuing risk appetite.

Strategic Report | Principal risks and uncertainties

45

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
The principal risks involved in delivering the Group’s strategy are actively managed and monitored against our risk 
appetite. Climate related risks are assessed and managed within the risk management structure described above 
but are reported in the environmental section of this report in line with the Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures recommendations.

Risk

Principal risks

Management of risks

Change in assessment  
of risk in the period

Political

The Group has a large 
customer base in Local 
Government and other 
public sector bodies.  
A change in either policy 
or spending priorities  
by the current or a  
future Government  
could materially 
impact the	Group.

Economic 
environment

Our performance 
is affected by the 
economic cycles of 
the markets in which 
we operate.

A	diversified	geographic	footprint	
and sector focus reduces the risk of 
exposure due to adverse country or 
sector	specific	conditions.

The UK has seen a high degree of 
political uncertainty during the period 
which has delayed decision-making in 
areas relevant to our business.

Our favoured revenue model is for high 
levels of recurring revenue to establish 
a stable base of contracted or highly 
visible revenues to react to any such 
changes in a more strategic timeframe.

Our development priorities are to 
ensure we remain at the heart of our 
customer’s operations, delivering 
cost	efficiencies	and	value	for	money	
whatever the political environment.

Consistent with the prior year, we 
consider we have lower risk than other 
commercial organisations because our 
products remain essential to supporting 
customers to do more with what they 
have,	and	we	have	not	identified	any	of	
our solutions considered discretionary 
and therefore potentially subject to 
funding challenges for our customers.

A	diversified	customer	base	across	a	
varied number of use cases reduces 
the risk of exposure due to adverse 
economic conditions.

We remain cognisant of the macro-
economic	pressures	but	are	confident	
we are well placed given the measures 
we have taken in recent times. 

Consistent with the prior year, we 
consider ourselves to have lower risk 
than our peers in our chosen markets 
given our increased focus and 
financial	stability.	

We remain cognisant of the geo-political 
events in the UK (and other countries 
in which we operate) and consider any 
impact on our chosen markets, both to 
reduce risk but also to capitalise on any 
opportunities that arise.

One of the main impacts of the 
economic environment on our business 
is	inflation	which	we	seek	to	manage	
via indexation clauses in our customer 
engagements and managing costs fairly.

46

Risk

Principal risks

Management of risks

Acquisitions

The Group has stated 
ambition for bolt-on 
acquisitions as part of its 
growth strategy.

Given the complexity 
of acquiring and 
integrating independent 
businesses into the 
Group, acquisitions and 
associated restructuring 
may not achieve the 
anticipated returns for 
the Group.

Focus is placed on ensuring 
management reporting lines are clear, 
operational functions of acquired 
entities are supported, enhanced and 
integrated into wider Group functions 
as appropriate, and the potential for 
upsell and cross-sell across the Group’s 
portfolio of products is maximised. 

We have project plans and track 
restructuring projects to their business 
case to ensure that actions match 
anticipated returns.

Technological 
development

The Group risks 
being outclassed by 
competitor products 
that have increased 
capabilities if the 
Group fails	to	deliver	
continued product 
development, including 
digital innovations. 

We strive to invest in quality assurance 
and research and development to 
deliver quality products into our  
chosen markets. 

In recent years we have invested 
significantly	in	increasing	our	capability 
in the delivery of digital and cloud-
based solutions. 

Our acquisitions of Aligned Assets, 
thinkWhere, exeGesIS and LandHawk 
has brought additional capability 
in modern technology to the 
Group, notably in the fast-growing 
Geographical Information Services   
(GIS) area.

The Group has strong controls 
to support	its	sales	teams	in	
selling effectively.	

These include upfront business 
approval controls to ensure we are 
only bidding	for	work	that	has	a	
suitable opportunity	for	a	profitable,	
cash reward, and review controls to 
ensure once we are committed with 
a customer,	the	agreed	terms	
are achieved.

Ability to sell 
effectively

The Group has deep 
experience of selling 
our broad portfolio of 
products both to secure 
new business and to 
retain, renew and expand 
existing customers. 

It is imperative we 
have effective sales 
and marketing models, 
methodologies and 
techniques to effectively 
realise our investments 
in software products 
and to recover the direct 
costs of associated 
delivery and obtain 
sufficient	margin	to	
meet indirect costs 
and that this is done in 
a	profitable	and	cash	
generative way.

Change in assessment  
of risk in the period

The integration of Aligned Assets, 
thinkWhere and exeGesIS completed in 
2022. The acquisition of LandHawk was 
finalised	in	October	2022	and	
integration is underway.

We have been actively scouting for 
potential bolt-on acquisitions during 
the	period	and	have	identified	narrow	
acquisition criteria that will maximise 
chances of success for both an 
acquired business and the wider Group. 

We have also strengthened our 
acquisition efforts with the creation of 
a dedicated team to identify targets, 
assess associated risk and ensure 
appropriate assurance is in place 
before proceeding to completing 
an acquisition.

We consider the Group to continue 
to have	lower	risk,	as	assessed	in	the	
previous period, in respect of 
acquisitions.

Idox	Cloud	is	having	significant	success	
in the market. We have continued 
to make improvements to PlanTech 
offerings, including utilising the GIS 
capabilities from the acquisitions made 
over the last two years.

In our wider Group, we have continued 
to perform assessments to consider 
the status of our products and any 
further work required against revenue 
and market opportunities, and adjusted 
development plans accordingly. 

As a result, we consider the Group to 
have lower risk from Technological 
development than in previous periods.

The	Group	continues	to	see	significant	
benefit	in	terms	of	broader	and	deeper	
customer insight resulting from the use 
of a Group-wide CRM.

We continue to improve the 
functionality and adoption of our CRM 
across the business including the 
implementation	of	a	Configure	Price	
Quote system.

We continue to recognise that there 
is a strong link between market 
opportunity and our ability to exploit 
both with product either ready or on 
our development roadmap and have 
organised our sales infrastructure to 
realise this. 

We consider the Group to have 
decreased risk in respect of selling  
than in previous years.

Strategic Report | Principal risks and uncertainties

47

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Principal risks

Management of risks

We perform regular reviews of short, 
medium and long-term cash forecasting 
to ensure our anticipated levels of cash 
are	sufficient	to	meet	both	near-term	
requirements and longer-term  
strategic objectives. 

We carefully manage cash receipts and 
payments with customers and suppliers 
to ensure cash is delivered in line with 
agreed obligations.

Capital 
structure

The Group has 
borrowings in the form 
of bank debt and a listed 
Bond following prior 
period acquisitions. 

It is key that our 
capital structure is 
appropriately managed 
to ensure we can meet 
all obligations as they fall 
due, to ensure we have 
sufficient	headroom	to	
execute our strategy 
by being able to fund 
organic and inorganic 
investments, and 
ultimately to deliver cash 
returns for our investors.

Change in assessment  
of risk in the period

We retain regular and detailed dialogue 
with our lenders. 

The Group continues to generate good 
cash	flows,	reducing	leverage	and	
improving headroom against facilities. 

As interest rates have risen this has a 
direct	impact	on	our	cost	of	finance,	
however, given our low levels of debt, 
this has limited effect. Given the 
Group’s net debt has reduced year on 
year, we consider the Group to have 
lower capital structure risk than in 
previous years.

Cyber risk

We operate systems that 
maintain	our	confidential	
data and in some cases 
that of our customers. 

We have cyber data protection 
and security policies in place and 
regularly review	the	effectiveness 
of these policies. 

An information security 
breach or cyber-attack 
could result in loss or 
theft of data, content or 
intellectual property.

There is an enterprise-wide data 
security	programme	and	defined	
incident management processes, 
including those for employees to 
report security breaches.

Whilst	we	are	satisfied	with	our	actions	
in the period to mitigate cyber risk, we 
remain cognisant that, it is by nature 
a constantly developing risk and we 
continue to review our processes and 
approaches on an ongoing basis.

Our assessment of this risk has not 
changed during the year.

The Company operates a mandatory 
programme of awareness training 
for all employees to ensure an 
appropriate level	of	understanding 
of cyber-security.

The Group is now accredited to the UK 
Government based Cyber Essentials 
Plus standard and operates an ISO 
27001 accredited Information Security 
Management System.

48

Scottish Fire and Rescue Service 
Creating easily identifiable sections of Scotland’s rapid transit routes 
to drive quicker deployment of fire crews.

Challenge
With Scotland’s highways spanning vast distances, it’s 
essential	to	break	these	down	into	identifiable	sections	
between each junction, and in each direction. The three 
control hubs operated by SFRS – East (Edinburgh), 
North (Dundee) and West (Johnstone) – all currently 
operate their own mobilising systems. While they plan 
to migrate to one shared mobilising system in the future, 
the challenge lies with being able to identify stretches 
of rapid transit routes between junctions and in both 
directions	of	travel.	Although	not	physically	defined,	
these	sections	are	critical	and	need	to	be	identified	
across all control hubs and their systems.

“By having this consistent, named and 
SFRS-coded virtual street segment data 
shared across the three control hubs, 
we can ensure that we rapidly get the 
nearest appliances to the incident.” 

Lynn Oliver  
Gazetteer Watch Commander 
Scottish Fire and Rescue Service

Solution
Based on this critical requirement to dissect the roads, 
Idox worked with SFRS to develop the capability of 
adding virtual street segments to the Bluelight gazetteer 
(Aligned	Assets	platform).	The	fire	and	rescue	service	
used this feature to dissect all the rapid transit routes, 
naming each section in each direction of travel, and 
assigning them with the code ‘SFRS’ so the control hubs 
know they have been created internally.

Outcome
By sharing this virtual street segment data across the 
three	control	hubs	SFRS	can	ensure	it	is	configured	
consistently for the new single mobilising system which 
they aim to have in place by next year.

In addition to mobilising the nearest crews to an 
emergency scene, as all the information is being 
managed by the one central gazetteer team, the 
accuracy for reporting will be greatly enhanced. This 
global view of the data will enable SFRS to identify 
common incident hotspots, enabling them to manage 
the	concentration	of	appliances	in	specific	areas.

Strategic Report | Principal risks and uncertainties

49

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Governance 52 

Board of Directors

54  Directors’ report
58  Corporate governance report
64  Directors’ responsibilities statement
Report of the Audit Committee
65 

Doing more for Public Sector
Simplifying administration and enabling efficient delivery 
of citizens services.

50

Our comprehensive range of solutions enable 
back-to-front end integration and automation 
of processes which drive efficiency and a better 
customer experience. 

Social Care  
& SEND

Provision of online 
information, advice and 
guidance, information 
portals and self-service 
tools to support delivery 
of adult social care, 
children’s services, and 
special educational 
needs and disabilities 
(SEND) services.

Funding &  
Information  
Services

Delivery of online 
funding information and 
advice services, powered 
by a unique database of 
funding programmes, 
grants and loans available 
from local, regional and 
national government, 
charitable trusts and 
corporate sponsors.

Electoral 
Services

Electoral registration 
and management 
systems including postal 
vote checking, tablet 
canvassing, election 
count reporting and 
boundary management.

Transport 
Network 
Management

Command and control 
traffic	management	
systems, real-time 
passenger information 
systems	and	fleet	
management systems.

Governance 

51

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Board of Directors

Great Board  
experience

Chris Stone
Non-Executive Chair

David Meaden
Chief	Executive	Officer

Anoop Kang 
Chief	Financial	Officer

Chris was appointed Non-Executive 
Chair on 22 November 2018. Chris is 
the Chair of NCC Group plc and was 
Chair of CityFibre plc until its sale. 
He has held various non-executive 
director and chief executive roles 
of listed and private equity backed 
technology companies, including 
being CEO of Northgate Information 
Solutions plc, from 1999 to 2011 
where he led the transformation of 
the business from a small domestic 
player to	a	global	leader.	From	2013	
to 2016, Chris was CEO of Radius 
Worldwide, a provider of software 
and services to support high growth 
companies establish and manage 
international operations.

David Meaden was appointed Chief 
Executive on 1 June 2018. Prior to 
joining Idox, David held the position 
of Chief Executive at Northgate Public 
Services, a FTSE 250 company, and led 
the business through its successful 
sale to Cinven in 2014. David has a 
degree in Business Studies from the 
University	of	Huddersfield.	

Anoop Kang was appointed Chief 
Financial	Officer	on	16	March	2022.	
Prior to joining Idox, Anoop began 
his career at Deloitte LLP, before 
moving to Balfour Beatty plc in 2010. 
At Balfour Beatty, Anoop performed 
a number of senior roles, including 
Finance Director of their rail division 
and Head of Investor Relations, before 
becoming Group Financial Controller 
of Kier Group plc. Subsequently, 
Anoop was appointed as Group 
CFO of Cambian Group plc and then 
Logistics Development Group plc. He 
is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of England and Wales.

52

Alice Cummings
Non-Executive Director

Phil Kelly
Non-Executive Director

Phil has served as a non-executive 
director of several listed and private 
companies in the software and 
related services sector, and was a 
non-executive director of Castleton 
Technology plc between 2014 and 
2020. Prior to that he had over 25 years’ 
experience as the Chief Executive of 
private and publicly quoted software 
companies supplying the commercial 
and public sectors in the UK, Europe 
and the USA. Phil had previously worked 
for Digital Equipment Corporation and 
3i Consultants. He has an Economics 
degree from the University of Leicester 
and a Master’s Degree in Business 
Administration	from	Cranfield	University.	

Alice Cummings is Vice-Chair and 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Assurance 
Committee of Cottsway Housing 
Association, and an Independent Non-
Executive Director, Chair of the Audit 
and Risk Committee and Member 
of the Remuneration Committee 
of South Staffordshire Water plc. 
She was previously Group CFO for 
over seven years at the InHealth 
Group, the healthcare services and 
solutions business, where she had 
responsibilities for risk management, 
digital and IT, people services and 
commercial teams. During her career, 
she also spent over 16 years in 
commercial,	operational	and	financial	
roles with the AEA Group, a main listed 
environmental,	energy	efficiency	
and data management consultancy, 
ultimately as Group CFO. She is a 
qualified	FCA,	having	started	her	
career with PricewaterhouseCoopers. 
She is the Chair of the Audit Committee. 

Governance | Board of Directors

53

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Directors’ report
For the year ended 31 October 2022

The Directors submit their report and 
audited financial statements for the 
year ended 31 October 2022.

Results and dividends
The	Group’s	audited	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	31	October	2022	are	set	out	on	pages	80	to	125.	The	
Group’s	profit	for	the	year	after	tax	amounted	to	£5.0m	(2021:	£11.9m).	The	Directors	have	paid	a	dividend	of	0.4p	per	
share	in	the	first	half	of	the	2022	financial	year,	in	respect	of	the	year	ended	31	October	2021.	The	Directors	propose	a	
dividend of 0.5p per share to be paid in respect of the year ended 31 October 2022.

Future developments
Further information in relation to future developments has been disclosed in the Strategic Report as permitted by 
The Companies Act 2006, S414c(11).

Research and development activities
Further information in relation to research and development activities has been disclosed in the Strategic Report as 
permitted by The Companies Act 2006, S414c(11).

Engagement with suppliers, customers and others
Further information in relation to engagement with suppliers, customers and others has been disclosed in the Strategic 
Report as permitted by The Companies Act 2006, S414c(11).

Directors and their interests
The	Directors	who	served	during	the	year	and	their	beneficial	interests	(including	those	of	their	immediate	families)	in	
the Company’s 1p ordinary share capital were as follows:

C Stone

D Meaden

P Kelly 

A Cummings

A Kang 

R Grubb 

Number of shares

31 October 2022

1 November 2021

936,377

1,119,140

105,263

–

–

N/A

936,377

468,139

105,263

–

–

94,648

In addition to the shareholdings listed above, certain Directors have been granted options over ordinary shares.  
Full details of these options are given in the Report on Remuneration on pages 58 to 59.

Details of the Directors’ service contracts can be found in the Report on Remuneration on pages 58 to 59.

54

Insurance for Directors and officers
The Group has granted an indemnity to one or more of its Directors against liability in respect of proceedings brought 
by third parties, subject to the conditions set out in section 234 of the Companies Act 2006. Such qualifying third-
party	indemnity	provision	remains	in	force	as	at	the	date	of	approving	the	Directors’	Report.	Directors’	and	officers’	
liability insurance with an indemnity limit of up to £10m has been purchased in order to minimise the potential impact 
of proceedings against Directors in respect of claims that fall within the policy cover provided.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 October 2022, the Company was aware of the following interests in 3% or more of its issued share capital:

Shareholder

Number of shares

% Holding

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management

Soros Fund Management

Long Path Partners 

Kestrel Partners

Herald Investment Management

Gresham House Asset Management

Investec Wealth & Investment

Transaction in own shares
During the year, the Group did 
not purchase	any	of	its	own	
ordinary shares.	

During the year no share option 
exercises	were	satisfied	using	
treasury shares.

The maximum number of shares held 
in treasury at any time during the year 
was 1,426,219, which had a cost value 
of £593,148. The current number of 
shares held in treasury is 1,426,219.

Health, safety and 
environmental policies
The Group recognises and accepts 
its responsibilities for health, safety 
and the environment (‘H,S&E’) and 
has a team which provides advice 
and support in this area. The team 
members regularly attend external 
H,S&E courses and internal reviews 
are performed on a regular basis to 
ensure compliance with best practice 
and all relevant legislation. 

Anti-slavery and human 
trafficking 
Pursuant to Section 54 of the 
Modern Slavery Act 2015, the 
Group has published a Slavery and 
Human	Trafficking	Statement	for	the	
year ended 31 October 2022. The 
Statement sets out the steps that 

the Group has taken to address and 
reduce the risk of slavery and human 
trafficking	occurring	within	its	own	
operations and its supply chains. 
This statement can be found on the 
Group’s corporate website: https://
www.idoxgroup.com/about-us/
corporate-responsibility/.

Disabled employees
Applications for employment 
by disabled persons are always 
fully considered, bearing in mind 
the aptitudes and abilities of the 
applicant concerned. 

In the event of members of our 
employees becoming disabled, 
every effort is made to ensure that 
their employment with the Group 
continues and that appropriate 
training is arranged. It is the policy 
of the Group that the training, career 
development and promotion of 
disabled employees should, as far 
as possible, be identical with that 
of other	employees.	

Employee consultation
The Group have a number of 
measures in place to promote 
two-way feedback and to consult 
with employees. Idox Voice, our 
employee engagement	initiative,	
facilitates any necessary consultation 
with employees. 

88,958,053

52,181,652

49,282,998

41,164,829

31,659,483

25,643,781

23,067,950

19.66

11.53

10.89

9.10

7.00

5.67

5.10

Colleagues at Idox are encouraged 
to share views and suggestions on 
our work environment, business 
performance and policies. We have 
numerous internal communication 
channels which act as a platform 
to hear these views, including 
regular CEO Broadcasts, employee 
engagement surveys and a range 
of employee resource groups. This 
year, we introduced a new initiative, 
Employee Lounges, as a smaller group 
setting, focused on feedback and 
discussion on life at Idox.

These initiatives work alongside our 
information sharing platforms, which 
include a Group-wide Team’s site 
and intranet, that provide timely and 
relevant news to all.

An Employee Share Investment 
Trust is	in	place	to	provide	UK-based	
employees	with	a	tax	efficient	way	
of investing in the Company. The 
Company purchases matching 
shares, which become the property 
of the employee after a three-year 
vesting period.

Governance | Directors’ report

55

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Directors’ report continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Financial risk management 
objectives and policies
The	Group	uses	various	financial	
instruments which include cash, 
equity investments, bank loans and 
items such as trade debtors and trade 
creditors that arise directly from its 
operations. The main purpose of these 
financial	instruments	is	to	provide	
finance	for	the	Group’s	operations.	

The main risks arising from the 
Group’s	financial	instruments	are	
credit risk, liquidity risk, exchange 
rate risk, price risk and interest rate 
risk. The Directors review these risks 
on an ongoing basis. This policy has 
remained unchanged from previous 
years.	Further	information	on	financial	
risk management is disclosed in note 
22 of the Group accounts.

Credit Risk
The	Group’s	principal	financial	assets	
are cash and trade receivables. The 
credit risk associated with cash is 
limited as the counterparties have 
high credit ratings assigned by 
international credit-rating agencies. 
The principal credit risk arises 
therefore, from its trade receivables. 

In order to manage credit risk, the 
management review the debt ageing 
on an ongoing basis, together with 
the collection history and third-party 
credit references where appropriate. 

Liquidity Risk
The	Group	seeks	to	manage	financial	
risk	by	ensuring	sufficient	liquidity	
is available to meet foreseeable 
needs through cash management 
and availability of borrowing facilities 
and by	investing	cash	assets	safely	
and	profitably.	

Exchange Rate Risk
The Group monitors its exposure 
to exchange rate risk on an ongoing 
basis. The Group has limited exposure 
to foreign exchange risk as a result of 
natural hedges arising between sales 
and cost transactions.

Cash Flow and Interest Rate Risk
The Group’s bank borrowings bear 
interest at rates linked to SONIA. On 
an ongoing basis, the Board reviews 
the SONIA rate and discuss whether 
it is considered necessary to set up 
hedges to protect against interest 
rate movements. 

Going concern
The Directors, having made suitable 
enquiries and analysis of the 
accounts, consider that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in 
business for the foreseeable future. In 
making this assessment, the Directors 
have considered the Group’s budget, 
cash	flow	forecasts,	available	banking	
facility with appropriate headroom in 
facilities	and	financial	covenants,	and	
levels of recurring revenue.

In December 2019 the Group 
had	refinanced	with	the	National	
Westminster Bank plc, Silicon Valley 
Bank and Santander UK plc. The 
facilities, which comprise a revolving 
credit facility of £35,000,000, 
were extended during FY21 and 
are committed	until	June	2024.	

As part of the preparation of our FY22 
results, the Group has performed 
detailed	financial	forecasting,	as	
well as severe stress-testing in our 
financial	modelling,	but	have	not	
identified	any	credible	scenarios	that	
would cast doubt on our ability to 
continue as a going concern.

The Group has performed sensitivity 
analysis	of	financial	modelling	to	
identify what circumstances could 
lead to liquidity challenges. This 
forecasting has demonstrated 
that the Group would only breach 
its banking covenants in the most 
severe of circumstances which are 
not considered credible. Under 
this sensitivity analysis, recurring 
revenues renewals were assumed to 
be 27% lower than plan and non-
recurring revenues won and delivered 
lower by 55%, with no corresponding 
action on costs to address these 
shortfalls. Under this scenario, the 
Group would likely be in breach of its 
banking covenants during FY24, albeit 
liquidity even in this extreme scenario 
remains strong. This scenario is not 
considered credible given the growth 
the Group has experienced in FY20 to 
FY22 in recurring and non-recurring 
revenues despite the impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic.

Therefore, this supports the going 
concern assessment for the business.

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) 
Emissions Reporting
Idox seeks to minimise the impact of 
our operations on the environment 
and is committed to reducing its 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Key 
sources of energy, primarily electricity 
to	power	our	offices,	are	monitored	by	
the Group to allow us to be continually 
mindful of our energy consumption. 
The Group applies a set of global 
environmental standards to all of 
our activities and our environmental 
and energy management systems 
are	certified	to	ISO	14001.	These	
certifications	provide	a	framework	
against which we have developed 
comprehensive environmental 
procedures and monitoring systems. 
These processes have allowed 
us to measure our environmental 
performance and focus our activities 
on delivering improvements.

56

The table below shows the total gross GHG emissions in tonnes of CO2 (tCO2e) in the year ended 31 October 2022:

Usage

3,177

24,288

326,781

402,952

1,385

197,909

134,918

428

1,048

tCO2e

8

7

84

51

23

11

38

9

22

253

66,184

0.0038

Scope 1 – Emissions from combustion of oil (L)

Scope 1 – Emissions from use of passenger vehicles (mi)

Scope 2 – Emissions from purchased electricity (kWh)

Scope 3 – Emissions from business travel – air (mi)

Scope 3 – Emissions from business travel – hotel (kWh)

Scope 3 – Emissions from business travel – land (mi)

Scope 3 – Emissions from business travel – mileage (mi)

Scope 3 – Emissions from waste disposal – electrical items (t)

Scope 3 – Emissions from waste disposal – paper etc. (t)

Total gross emissions (tCO2e)

Total revenue (£000)

Carbon Intensity Ratio (tCO2e/£000)

Methodology
Scope 1, include direct emissions from 
the combustion of oil and gas noted 
in litres and cubic metres respectively 
and company owned passenger 
vehicles mileage, converting these 
values to tCO2e using Department 
of Energy conversion factors. 
Scope 2, indirect emissions, include 
consumption of purchased electricity 
in kWh, converting these values to 
tCO2e using Department of Energy 
conversion factors. Scope 3 emissions 
relates to business travel (per above 
categorisations) in miles and waste 
disposal in tonnes, converting these 
values to tCO2e using Department of 
Energy conversion factors.

Using an operational approach, the 
Group	identified	its	population	to	
ensure that all activities and facilities 
are being recorded and reported in 
line with the mandatory GHG protocol 
corporate accounting and reporting 
standard. Relevant data is analysed 
and used to calculate the GHG for 
the Group. Emissions are calculated 
as activity data multiplied by 
emissions factor (sourced from 
Government greenhouse gas 
reporting conversion factors). 

The Group uses total turnover to 
calculate the intensity ratio as this 
allows emissions to be monitored 
over time taking into accounts 
changes in the size of the Group. This 
factor provides the greatest degree 
of accuracy and is the metric best 
aligned to business growth.

Energy Efficiency
The Group monitors the energy 
efficiency	of	its	operations	to	ensure	
continued compliance with ISO 
50001:2011 as the basis for its energy 
management arrangements.

For more detail on how the Board have 
had regard to the environment in key 
strategic decisions in the year, see our 
Stakeholder Engagement report on 
pages 26 to 29.

Auditor
A resolution to reappoint Deloitte 
LLP and to authorise the Directors 
to agree their remuneration will be 
placed before the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting of the Company.

Statement of disclosure 
to Auditor
So far as each person who was a 
Director at the date of approving 
these	financial	statements	is	aware,	
there is no relevant audit information 
of which the Group’s auditor is 
unaware. Additionally, each Director 
has taken all the necessary steps, that 
they ought to have taken as a Director 
in order to make themselves aware of 
all relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Group’s auditor is 
aware of this information.

This report was approved by the 
Board of Directors and authorised for 
issue. Signed on its behalf by:

David Meaden
Chief Executive Officer
25 January 2023 

Governance | Directors’ report

57

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Corporate governance report
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Idox has a Remuneration Committee. Terms of Reference for this Committee are available at  
https://www.idoxgroup.com/investors/corporate-governance/.

Phil Kelly was appointed as Chair of the Remuneration Committee on his appointment as a Director on 29 March 2019. 

The Company’s remuneration policies and the application of these policies to the Board and Senior Management Team 
during the year are set out in the sections below.

Remuneration policy
The policy of the Group is to set levels of remuneration to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors and other 
key senior employees. The packages are designed to be competitive in value to those offered to the Directors of similar 
sized public companies in related sectors. It is the Board’s policy to align the long-term interests of managers with 
those of our shareholders in the granting of options and other equity awards. 

The components of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages are currently a basic salary, bonus, money purchase 
pension	contributions	and	benefits	in	kind.	The	benefits	include	private	medical	cover	and	life	cover.	The	bonus	
elements are dependent on the Executive Directors achieving performance criteria set out by the Remuneration 
Committee. In addition, the Group operates a Long-term Incentive Plan for the Executive Directors.

Following constructive discussions with several institutional shareholders during FY22, the Remuneration Committee 
carried out a full review of the existing LTIP scheme. This was carried out with advice and guidance from external 
specialist executive compensation advisors with a focus to ensure the resulting scheme would both incentivise 
management and comply with recognised best practice. 

Consequently,	we	are	in	the	final	stages	of	agreeing	a	revised	LTIP	scheme	which	will	apply	to	all	options	granted	relating	
to	the	FY23	financial	year.

Directors’ remuneration 

2022

Executive Directors

David Meaden

Rob Grubb (resigned 16 March 2022)

Anoop Kang (appointed 16 March 2022)

Non-Executive Directors

Chris Stone*

Phil Kelly

Alice Cummings

*  Chair.

2021

Executive Directors

David Meaden

Rob Grubb

Non-Executive Directors

Chris Stone*

Phil Kelly

Alice Cummings (appointed 14 April 2020)

Basic salary 
and fees 
2022 
£000

Bonus
2022 
£000

Benefits 
in kind  
2022
£000

Total  
2022
£000

Pension  
2022
£000

351

69

177

100

35

35

767

155

29

62

–

–

–

246

–

–

1

–

–

–

1

506

98

240

100

35

35

1,014

–

4

–

–

–

–

4

Basic salary 
and fees  
2021
£000

Bonus  
2021
£000

Benefits 
in kind  
2021
£000

Total  
2021
£000

Pension  
2021
£000

331

175

100

35

35

676

232

92

–

–

–

324

20

10

–

–

–

30

583

277

100

35

35

1,030

–

10

–

–

–

10

*  Chair.

The amounts in respect of pension represent money purchase pension contributions.

58

Non-Executive Directors
The Board reviews the remuneration of the Chair and Non-Executive Directors on a regular basis. 

Service contracts
The Executive Directors have entered into service contracts with the Group that are terminable by either party on no 
less than six months prior notice. 

Share options
The Directors believe it is important to incentivise key management and employees. The LTIP options granted in the 
course of the year, were either prior to shareholder discussions and agreeing to review the scheme, or to honour 
contractual undertakings and to enable new employees to join the company. 

The following options have been granted to the Directors over ordinary 1p shares in the Company:

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

At end  
of year

Exercise 
price

Exercise 
date from

Exercise 
date to

Director

At start  
of year

Chris Stone

585,500

David Meaden

3,512,400

David Meaden

933,962

David Meaden

Anoop Kang

–

–

463,235

735,294

Totals

5,031,862

1,198,529 (3,512,400)

–

–

–

–

(3,512,400)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

585,500

–

933,962

463,235

735,294

2,717,991

1p

0p

0p

0p

0p

Mar 2019

Mar 2029

Mar 2020

Mar 2029

Feb 2022

Feb 2031

Feb 2023

Feb 2032

Apr 2023

Apr 2032

The £Nil cost Directors’ options vest 
evenly over the three years from issue, 
with the date exercisable from noted 
in the table above being the date at 
which	the	first	third	of	the	options	
are available to exercise. The other 
options have no vesting conditions 
and are fully exercisable from the 
dates noted in the table above.

The mid-market price of the 
Company’s shares at close of 
business on 31 October 2022 was 
61.40p and the low and high share 
prices during the year were 56.40p 
and 74.40p, respectively.

The Company recognised total 
expenses of £2,583,737 (2021: 
£1,908,150) related to equity-settled, 
share-based payment transactions 
during the year in respect of all 
Directors and employees, of which 
£2,583,737 (2021: £1,908,150) related 
to the LTIP share option scheme.

The pre-tax aggregate gain on 
exercise of share options during the 
year was £2,140,000 (2021: £Nil). Note 
24 of the Group accounts contains 
full disclosure of the Company’s 
share options.	

Directors’ share interests
The Directors’ shareholdings in the 
Company are listed in the Directors’ 
Report on page 54.

Corporate governance
Idox has adopted the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”) on 
a comply or explain basis. Further 
Information on that can be found 
within the Compliance Statement 
published on our website: https://
www.idoxgroup.com/wp-content/
uploads/2020/07/idox-plc-
statement-of-compliance-with-the-
corporate-governance-code_1118.pdf. 
Where Idox chooses not to comply 
with the Code it will explain such 
choices in the context of the business.

Board of Directors
Subject to the Articles of Association, 
UK legislation and any directions given 
by special resolution, the business of 
the Group is managed by the Board. 
The Code requires the Group to 
have an effective Board whose role 
is to develop strategy and provide 
leadership to the Group as a whole. 
It sets out a framework of controls 
that	allows	for	the	identification,	
assessment and management of risk. 
Additionally, it ensures the Board 
takes collective responsibility for 
the success	of	the	Group.

The Board’s main roles are to provide 
leadership to the management of 
the Group, determine the Group’s 
strategy and ensure that the agreed 
strategy is implemented. The Board 
takes responsibility for approving 
potential acquisitions and disposals, 
major capital expenditure items, 
disposals, annual budgets, annual 
reports, interim statements and 
Group	financing	matters.	

The Board appoints its members and 
those of its principal Committees, 
following the recommendations of the 
Nomination Committee. The Board 
reviews	the	financial	performance	
and operation of the Group’s 
businesses. The Board regularly 
reviews	the	identification,	evaluation	
and management of the principal 
risks faced by the Group, and the 
effectiveness of the Group’s systems 
of internal control.

The Board considers the 
appropriateness of its accounting 
policies on an annual basis. The 
Board believes that its accounting 
policies, in particular in relation to 
income recognition and research and 
development, are appropriate and are 
discussed with its Auditors on future 
changes to such accounting policies. 

Governance | Corporate governance report

59

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Corporate governance report continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Financial results with comparisons 
to budget and forecast results are 
reported to the Board on a regular 
basis, together with a commercial 
report on operational issues. 
Significant	variances	from	budget	
or strategy are discussed at Board 
meetings and actions set in place 
to address them.

Board and committee meetings are 
scheduled	in	line	with	the	financial	
calendar of the Group. The timing 
of meetings ensures the latest 
operating data is available for 
review and that appropriate time 
and focus can be given to matters 
under consideration. The Board met 
seven times throughout the year for 
principal Board meetings to discuss 
a formal schedule of business. The 
Board is supported by an Executive 
team,	and	is	supported	by	qualified	
Executive,	senior	and	finance	
management teams.

Role of Chair and Chief 
Executive Officer
The Code requires that there should 
be a clear division of responsibilities 
between the running of the Board 
and the Executive responsible for 
the Group’s business, so as to ensure 
that no one person has unrestricted 
powers of decision.

The Chair is responsible for the 
leadership of the Board, ensuring 
its effectiveness and setting its 
agenda.	Once	strategic	and	financial	
objectives have been agreed by the 
Board, it is the CEO’s responsibility to 
ensure they are delivered upon. 

To facilitate this, the CEO regularly 
meets the Executive Management 
Team (EMT) which additionally 
comprises business division 
directors and senior members of the 
management team. The day to day 
operations of the Group are managed 
by the EMT.

Composition of and 
appointments to the board 
The Code requires that there 
should be a balance of Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors and 
when appointing new Directors to 
the	Board, there	should	be	a	formal,	
rigorous and transparent procedure. 

The Board comprises the Non-
Executive Chair, the CEO, the CFO and 
two Non-Executive Directors. Short 
biographies of the Directors are given 
on page 52.

The Board considers Chris Stone, 
Alice Cummings and Phil Kelly 
as independent.

The	Board	is	satisfied	with	the 
balance between Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors and will 
continue to review this position in the 
coming years. The Board considers 
that its composition is appropriate 
in view of the size and requirements 
of the Group’s business and the need 
to maintain a practical balance 
between Executive and Non-
Executive Directors.

Each member of the Board brings 
different skills and experience to the 
Board and the Board Committees. 
The	Board	is	satisfied	that	there	
is	sufficient	diversity	in	the	Board	
structure to bring a balance of skills, 
experience, independence and 
knowledge to the Group.

The Code requires that the Board 
undertakes a formal annual evaluation 
of its own performance and that of its 
Committees and Directors. The Non-
Executive Chair continually works 
with each Non-Executive Director to 
assess their individual contribution 
and to assess that their contribution 
is relevant and effective, they have 
sufficient	time	to	commit	to	the	
role, and where relevant, they have 
maintained their independence.

The Board continues to annually 
review its composition, to ensure 
there is adequate diversity to allow  
for its proper functioning and that  
the Board works effectively together 
as a unit. 

When a new appointment to the 
Board is made, consideration is given 
to the particular skills, knowledge 
and experience that a potential new 
member could add to the existing 
Board composition. The Nomination 
Committee may elect to engage 
external recruitment agencies, with 
appropriate consideration being given, 
in regard to Executive appointments 
to internal and external candidates. 
Before undertaking the appointment 
of a Non-Executive Director, the Chair 
establishes that the prospective 
Director can give the time and 
commitment	necessary	to	fulfil	their	
duties, in terms of availability both to 
prepare for and attend meetings and 
to discuss matters at other times.

Board committees
The Audit Committee has been 
established	to	look	after	specific	
areas of the Board’s responsibilities. 
The Audit Committee is chaired 
by Alice Cummings and at present 
includes Chris Stone and Phil Kelly. 
The Report of the Audit Committee 
can be found on pages 65 to 68.

The Remuneration Committee 
is chaired by Phil Kelly and at 
present includes	Chris	Stone	and	
Alice Cummings.

The Committee has overall 
responsibility for making 
recommendations to the Board, of 
the remuneration packages of the 
Executive Directors. The Committee’s 
key responsibilities include:

•  making recommendations to 
the Board on any changes to 
service contracts;

•  approving and overseeing any 

share related incentive schemes 
within the Group;

•  ensuring that remuneration is  
in line with current industry 
practice; and

•  ensuring remuneration is both 
appropriate to the level of 
responsibility and adequate to 
attract and / or retain Directors and 
employees of the calibre required 
by the Group.

60

The Nomination Committee includes 
Chris Stone, Alice Cummings and Phil 
Kelly as members.

The Committee has overall 
responsibility for making 
recommendations to the Board, of 
the composition of the Board. 

The Committee’s key responsibilities 
include:

•  reviewing the size, composition and 
structure required of the Board and 
making recommendations to the 
Board with regard to any changes; 

• 

identifying and nominating, for 
approval by the Board, candidates 
to	fill	Board	vacancies	as	they	arise;	

•  giving full consideration 

to succession planning for 
Directors; and

•  vetting and approving 

recommendations from the 
Executive Directors for the 
appointment of senior Executives. 

The Audit Committee met four 
times in the year, the Remuneration 
Committee met two times in the year, 
and the Nominations Committee met 
once in the year. 

Re-election
Under the Code, Directors should 
offer themselves for re-election at 
regular intervals. Additionally, under 
the Group’s Articles of Association, 
at least one third of the Directors 
who are subject to retirement by 
rotation are required to retire and 
may be proposed for re-election at 
each Annual General Meeting. New 
Directors, who were not appointed at 
the previous Annual General Meeting, 
automatically	retire	at	their	first	
Annual General Meeting and if eligible, 
can seek re-appointment.

There are three Directors due to retire 
by rotation and seek re-election at 
the next Annual General Meeting.

Internal control
The Board takes responsibility for 
establishing and maintaining reliable 
systems of control in all areas of 
operation. These systems of control, 
especially	of	financial	control,	can	
only provide reasonable but not 
absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. The Board 
remains committed to a continuous 
programme to make improvements 
in controls, processes and reporting. 
An internal audit function has been 
set up to provide focus, to take the 
programme forward throughout the 
Group and provide independent 
scrutiny of operational adherence, to 
ensure the Group remains best placed 
to suitably mitigate risks that emerge 
as the Group’s operations evolve. 
This function is the responsibility 
of a newly created role (Head of 
Compliance	Services)	reflecting	the	
Group’s commitment to designing and 
maintaining reliable controls across 
the Group.

At	the	start	of	the	financial	year,	KPMG	
delivered their report following their 
high-level assessment of the quality 
of internal controls by reference 
to control benchmarks across the 
lead to cash and procurement 
processes. The report provided useful 
recommendations on improvements 
which could be made but raised no 
significant	concerns.

During the year the Group has 
progressed these improvements to 
processes and internal controls as 
well as implementing enhancements 
in response to internal audits and 
health checks. In parallel with this 
activity the Group has appointed 
a	respected	consultancy	firm	
(Johnston Carmichael LLP) to support 
the evolution of its internal control 
framework across ten key operational 
areas over the next three years. This 
rolling programme started in late 
August and reports for the three focus 
areas will be presented to the Audit 
Committee	in	the	first	quarter	of	
financial	year	2023.

The Audit Committee has continued 
to maintain a close dialogue with 
Management and the Group’s external 
auditors in FY22 and the resulting 
audit process to ensure the extensive 
operational reviews performed by 
the Management team have been 
thorough and the resulting accounting 
has been appropriate. In addition, 
the Audit Committee have worked 
closely with the Management team 
as part of their efforts to upgrade 
processes and controls throughout 
the Group, and where appropriate 
have requested recommendations for 
future improvements for addressing 
identified	issues.

The key matters relating to the system 
of internal control are set out below:

• 

Idox has established an operational 
management structure with clearly 
defined	responsibilities	and	regular	
performance reviews;

•  the Group operates a 

comprehensive system for 
reporting	financial	and	non-
financial	information	to	the	Board,	
including review of strategy plans 
and annual budgets;

•  on	a	monthly	basis,	financial	 

results are monitored in detail 
against budgets, forecasts and 
other performance indicators  
with action dictated accordingly  
at each meeting;

•  a structured approval process is 

maintained for sales order-to-cash 
and procurement purchase-to-pay 
processes based on assessment of 
risk and value delivered; 

•  the external audit approach is 

moving away from substantive to 
a controls-based methodology 
for revenue in FY22, with a view 
to encompassing a greater level 
of controls reliance from FY23 
onwards; and

•  sufficient	resource	is	focused	

to maintain and develop 
internal control procedures and 
information systems, especially 
in financial management.

Governance | Corporate governance report

61

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Corporate governance report continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

•  Tax Risk Management process 

reviewed and enhanced, published 
Tax Strategy for the Group along 
with enhancements to the Tax Risk 
and Controls matrix.

•  Procuring and implementing 

Information and Development
The Code requires that the Board 
should be supplied in a timely manner 
with information in a form and of a 
quality appropriate to enable it to 
discharge its duties.

Professional Services Automation 
software (PSA) which is tightly 
integrated with our SalesForce CRM 
to become the single source for 
all project related service delivery 
activity and a hub for collaboration 
with our collective teams and with 
our customers. The system went 
live in October 2022 and will bring 
efficiencies	in	resourcing,	utilisation	
and project management as well as 
improved decision making through 
better data and reports. 

•  With PSA joining SalesForce and 
Agresso, we have three strong 
enterprise solutions which together 
provide a number of systematic 
preventative controls as well as 
the ability to implement further 
detective controls in the form of 
checks and balances using the rich 
reporting capabilities.

The	Board	confirms	that	there	is	
an ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the 
significant	risks	faced	by	the	Group,	
and that this process has been in 
place for the year under review and up 
to the date of approval of the Annual 
Report and Accounts. This process is 
regularly reviewed by the Board. 

The Chair is responsible for ensuring 
that all the Directors continually 
update their skills, knowledge and 
familiarity with the Group in order 
to	fulfil	their	role	on	the	Board	and	
the Board’s Committees. Updates 
dealing with changes in legislation 
and regulation relevant to the Group’s 
business are provided to the Board 
by external advisors, the CFO, the 
Company Secretary and in-house 
legal advisors.

All Directors have access to the 
advice and services of the Company 
Secretary, who is responsible to the 
Board for ensuring its procedures 
are properly complied with and that 
the discussions and decisions are 
appropriately minuted. Directors may 
seek independent professional advice 
at the Group’s expense in furtherance 
of their duties as Directors.

Training on matters relevant to their 
role is available to all Board Directors. 
New Directors are provided with an 
induction in order to introduce them 
to the operations and management of 
the business.

Improvements in process and 
internal controls	made	in	the	previous	
financial	year	have	been	maintained	
and enhanced this year. This includes 
the requirement for all new business 
to be approved based on size and 
risk before presentation to the 
customer, formal bid reviews for 
material contracts, balance sheet and 
cash	flow	forecasting,	and	detailed	
monthly business reviews. Acquired 
companies are migrated across to 
these processes in a controlled way 
to minimise risk while maintaining 
business as usual within the 
operational teams involved.

As part of the Board’s commitment 
to continuous improvement, other 
enhancements introduced this 
year include:

•  The	introduction	of	Configure,	

Price, Quote (CPQ) functionality 
into our Customer Relationship 
Management system to automate 
business approval, minimise 
manual interactions and provide 
system-based controls in areas 
such as price book management, 
lead to order processes, customer 
insight, reporting granularity and 
robustness of routine reporting.

•  Extending the functionality 
of our Agresso Enterprise 
Resource Planning system to 
automate revenue management, 
incorporating real-time generation 
of journal entries, approval 
workflows,	and	various	system-
based controls allowing the move 
away from complex spreadsheets 
to	a	smoother,	more	efficient	
process end-to-end. Reporting 
accuracy is enhanced and more 
flexible	providing	real-time	
information to inform management 
decisions and recognise project 
revenue risks.

62

Investor relations
Idox is committed to open 
communication with all its 
shareholders. The Directors hold 
regular meetings with institutional 
shareholders to discuss and review 
the Group’s activities and objectives. 
Communication with private 
shareholders is principally through 
the Annual General Meeting, where 
participation is encouraged and 
where the Board is available to answer 
questions. Idox maintains up-to-date 
information on the Investor Relations 
section of its website https://www.
idoxgroup.com/investors/.

The CEO and CFO meet institutional 
investors after publication of the 
annual and interim results, on an 
ongoing basis, as required. 

The Directors also undertake 
consultation on certain matters with 
major shareholders from time to time. 
Through these consultations, the 
Group maintains a regular dialogue 
with institutional shareholders. 
Feedback is reported to the Board 
so that all Directors develop an 
understanding of the views of  
major shareholders. 

Trading updates and press releases 
are issued as appropriate and the 
Group’s Nominated Advisor (NOMAD) 
provide	briefings	on	shareholder	
opinion and compile independent 
feedback from investor meetings. The 
Annual General Meeting is used by the 
Directors to communicate with both 
institutional and private investors.

Every shareholder has access to a 
full annual report each year end and 
an interim report at the half year end. 
Care is taken to ensure that any price 
sensitive information is released to all 
shareholders, institutional and private, 
at the same time in accordance with 
London Stock Exchange requirements. 

Idox strives to give a full, timely and 
realistic assessment of its business in 
all price-sensitive reports. 

AIM rule compliance report
Idox is quoted on AIM, London Stock 
Exchange’s international market for 
smaller growing companies. Idox 
complies with the AIM Rules, in 
particular AIM Rule 31 which requires 
the following:

•  sufficient	procedures,	resources	

and controls to enable its 
compliance with the AIM Rules;

•  seek advice from NOMAD regarding 

its compliance with the Rules 
whenever appropriate and take 
that advice into account;

•  provide the NOMAD with any 

information it reasonably requests 
in order for the NOMAD to carry 
out its responsibilities under the 
AIM Rules for Nominated Advisers, 
including any proposed changes 
to the Board and provision of draft 
notifications	in	advance;

•  ensure that each of the Directors 

accepts full responsibility, 
collectively and individually, for 
compliance with the AIM rules; and

•  ensure that each Director discloses 

without delay all information 
which the Group needs in order to 
comply with AIM Rule 17 (Disclosure 
of Miscellaneous Information) 
insofar as that information is 
known to the Director or could 
with reasonable diligence be 
ascertained by the Director.

Governance | Corporate governance report

63

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Directors’ responsibilities statement
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Directors’ responsibilities 
statement 
The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and 
Accounts	and	the	financial	statements	
in accordance with applicable law  
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors 
to	prepare	financial	statements	for	
each	financial	year.	Under	that	law,	the	
Directors have to prepare the Group 
financial	statements	in	accordance	
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the 
IASB. The Directors have chosen to 
prepare	the	parent	Company	financial	
statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable 
law), including FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework”.

Under Company law, the Directors 
must	not	approve	the	financial	
statements	unless	they	are	satisfied	
that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Group and 
Company	and	of	the	profit	or	loss	 
of the Group and Company for  
that period. 

In preparing the parent Company 
financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable  
and prudent;

•  state whether applicable UK 
Accounting Standards have 
been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed 
and	explained	in	the	financial	
statements; and

•  prepare	the	financial	statements	on	
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

In	preparing	the	Group	financial	
statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that Directors:

Responsibility statement
The	Directors	confirm	that	to	the	best	
of their knowledge: 

•  properly select and apply 

accounting policies;

•  present information, including 

accounting policies, in a 
manner that provides relevant, 
reliable, comparable and 
understandable information;

•  provide additional disclosures 
when compliance with the 
specific	requirements	of	the	
financial	reporting	framework	
are	insufficient	to	enable	users	
to understand the impact of 
particular transactions, other 
events and conditions on the 
entity’s	financial	position	and	
financial	performance;	and

•  the	financial	statements,	prepared	
in accordance with the relevant 
financial	reporting	framework,	give	
a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities,	financial	position	and	
profit	or	loss	of	the	Company	and	
the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole;

•  the strategic report includes a fair 
review of the development and 
performance of the business and 
the position of the Company and 
the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face; and

•  make an assessment of the 

•  the	annual	report	and	financial	

statements, taken as a whole, are 
fair, balanced and understandable 
and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model 
and strategy.

This responsibility statement was 
approved by the Board of Directors on 
25 January 2023 and is signed on its 
behalf by:

David Meaden 
Chief Executive Officer

Anoop Kang 
Chief Financial Officer

Company’s ability to continue 
as a	going	concern.

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that	are	sufficient	to	show	and	explain	
the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any	time	the	financial	position	of	the	
Company and enable them to ensure 
that	the	financial	statements	comply	
with the Companies Act 2006. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud 
and other	irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for 
the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate	and	financial	information	
included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and 
dissemination	of	financial	statements	
may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

64

Report of the Audit Committee
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Overview

This report presents the 
activities of the Committee 
during the financial year 
ended 31 October 2022. The 
report provides insights on 
the Committee’s work and 
sets out how the Committee 
has fulfilled its responsibilities 
in relation to the integrity of 
financial reporting, oversight of 
risk management and internal 
control and the effectiveness 
of the external audit.

Membership and meetings
The Audit Committee is a committee 
of the Board comprised of three 
Non-Executive Directors: Alice 
Cummings, Chris Stone and Phil Kelly. 
The Audit Committee is chaired by 
Alice Cummings. The Board considers 
that Alice Cummings has relevant 
and	recent	financial	experience	to	
discharge this role, as noted on page 
52. The Audit Committee members 
are	considered	to	have	sufficient,	
recent	and	relevant	financial	
and commercial experience to 
discharge their	duties.

The Company Secretary is also the 
Secretary of the Audit Committee.

The Committee carries out its 
activities for Idox plc, its major 
subsidiary undertakings and the 
Group as a whole, as appropriate. 

The Committee is provided with 
sufficient	resources	to	perform	
its duties including support, as 
necessary, from the Executive 
Directors,	senior	managers,	finance	
and legal team members, external 
accounting	firms	and	the	external	
audit	firms	for	the	Group	and	
listed subsidiary.

During the year under review, the 
Audit Committee held four scheduled 
meetings. The Audit Committee 
invites the Executive Directors, 
the Group’s and listed subsidiary’s 
Auditors and other senior managers 
to attend its meetings as appropriate. 
The Group’s Auditor has attended 
three of the four scheduled meetings. 
The Executive Directors attended all 
meetings of the Audit Committee in 
the year. 

Roles and responsibilities
The Board updated its terms of 
reference for the Audit Committee 
in December 2022. The Audit 
Committee has a wide remit and its 
key roles and responsibilities include 
reviewing and advising the Board on:

•  the	integrity	of	the	financial	

statements of the Group, including 
its annual and interim reports, 
results announcements and any 
other formal announcement 
relating	to	its	financial	
performance,	reviewing	significant	
financial	reporting	issues	and	the	
key judgements that they contain; 

•  the appointment and remuneration 
of the Group’s Auditor and their 
effectiveness in line with the 
requirements of the Code;

•  the nature and extent of non-

audit services provided by the 
Group’s Auditor to ensure that their 
independence and objectivity  
are maintained;

•  changes to accounting policies  

and procedures;

•  decisions of judgement affecting 

financial	reporting,	compliance	with	
accounting standards and with the 
Companies Act 2006;

•  risk management processes, 

including the risk management 
framework, risk appetite statement 
and the principal strategic and 
operational risks;

• 

internal controls, including 
financial	delegations,	internal	
control	findings	highlighted	by	
management or the internal and 
external audits; 

•  the content of the Group’s and 
listed subsidiary’s Auditors’ 
transparency reports, concerning 
Auditor independence in providing 
both audit and non-audit services;

•  the scope, performance and 

effectiveness of other internal 
control functions and the Group’s 
Auditor’s assessment thereon; and

•  the Group’s procedures for 

responding to any allegations of 
wrongdoing including those made 
by whistle-blowers.

Governance | Report of the Audit Committee

65

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Report of the Audit Committee continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

The Committee is satisfied with  
the effectiveness of the Auditor  
in performing their audit for the  
year ended 31 October 2022.

Alice Cummings 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Audit Committee activities in 
the financial year ended 2022
The Committee met four times during 
the	financial	year	ended	31	October	
2022 to consider standing items on 
its agenda. The Committee’s standing 
items on its agenda are:

•  reviewed the Interim Accounts and 
the Annual Report and Accounts in 
the context of being fair, balanced 
and understandable including 
related announcements and 
market updates;

• 

for each of the Group’s Auditor 
and the listed subsidiary’s Auditor, 
received and considered, as part 
of the review of the Annual Report 
and Accounts, reports from the 
Auditor in respect of the audit 
plan for the year and the results 
of the annual audit including the 
scope of the annual audit, the 
approach to be adopted by the 
Auditor to address and conclude 
upon key estimates and other key 
audit areas, the basis on which the 
materiality is assessed, the terms 
of engagement and fees for the 
Auditor, the letter of representation 
to the Auditor and an on-going 
assessment of the impact of 
future accounting developments 
for the Group;

•  considered the effectiveness 
and independence	of	the	
external auditors;

•  considered the level and value of 

non-audit services;

•  considered the key audit matters;

•  considered the risk framework, risk 
appetite statement, risk register 
and principal risks to the Group;

assurance process for ESG reporting, 
APMs, accounting for acquisitions and 
divestments and developing a risk 
reporting dashboard.

•  considered the effectiveness of 

the Group’s risk management and 
internal control systems including 
resourcing the key internal control 
processes ensuring that the 
finance	and	operational	teams 
are appropriately trained and 
qualified,	including	taking	external	
specialist advice;

•  considered the key accounting 
and internal	control	policies;

•  considered the policies, risk 

assessment and reporting for 
any wrongdoing, fraud and 
whistleblowing;

•  considered management’s key 
judgements papers including 
the review of business reporting 
segments in line with guidance 
in	respect	of	identifiable	cash	
generating units; and

•  reviewed the budget process 
including stress testing and 
sensitivity analysis.

The Committee discussed and took 
papers from Management and in 
some cases external advisors on a 
number of other matters that are not 
on the standing agenda including 
the integration of acquisitions into 
the internal control environment, 
tax strategy, CCO internal controls 
and transfer pricing arrangements, 
contract accounting policies, the 

Risk management
The Audit Committee has 
responsibility for assessing and 
challenging the robustness of the 
risk management and internal 
control environment. 

At the start of the year, the 
Committee received a report from 
KPMG to assess the adequacy of 
risk management arrangements 
across the organisation including 
an objective review of the approach 
to, and a review of the key risks 
contained within the risk register 
and the principal risks in the Annual 
Report. The plan to develop a 
risk management dashboard and 
regular reporting suite for the senior 
managers and Board providing insight 
over the key elements of the risk 
environment in a more dynamic way 
including new/mitigated risks, key 
risk indicators, trend analysis and 
emerging risks, has been substantially 
completed and is now used as part of 
the regular risk reporting.

The Committee engaged with the 
Executive Directors and senior 
managers with input from KPMG to 
undertake a high-level assessment 
of the quality of internal controls by 
reference to a control benchmark. 
The aim of this exercise, which 
continued from the previous year, 
was to determine the gap (if any) 

66

between the expected and actual 
controls. This report will assist in 
developing an assurance policy next 
year. It also provided information to 
introduce a series of health checks 
on key internal controls on a three-
year rolling programme. Johnston 
Carmichael were appointed to 
carry out these internal control 
health checks reporting to the Audit 
Committee through an internal audit 
and compliance function.

Effectiveness of the Auditor
The Committee continues to monitor 
the work of the Auditors to ensure 
that they remain effective. This 
includes liaising directly with the 
Group’s	Auditor	on	significant	matters	
including without the Executive 
Directors being present. The 
Committee also discusses the quality 
and value for money of the audit 
process with the Executive Directors 
and	senior	finance	staff.

The	Committee	is	satisfied	with	
the effectiveness of the Auditor in 
performing their audit for the year 
ended 31 October 2022.

Independence and objectivity 
of the Auditor
The Committee continues to monitor 
the work of the Auditor to ensure 
that the Auditor’s objectivity and 
independence is not compromised 
by it undertaking inappropriate 
non-audit work. The current auditor, 
Deloitte LLP, was appointed on 19 June 
2018.	The	audit	for	the	financial	year	
ended	31	October	2022	is	the	fifth	
consecutive year end for the current 
audit	partner	and	audit	firm.	The	Audit	
Committee consider the appointment 
of the Auditor annually prior to 
recommending the appointment of the 
Auditor to the Board at the Idox Annual 
General Meeting. The Committee has 
agreed with Deloitte LLP that they will 
continue	in	post	for	the	next	financial	
year and that a new audit partner will 
take on the lead partner role on the 
Group’s audit following the completion 
of the audit for the year ended 
31 October	2022.	The	Audit	Committee	
considers, and reviews non-audit 
services provided by the Group’s 
Auditor, and this is tabled annually 
at the Board for discussion. 

There were no such services for the 
year ended 31 October 2022. 

Auditor objectivity was safeguarded 
by the Committee considering 
several factors: 

•  an appraisal of the standing and 
experience of the audit partner;

•  using	a	different	audit	firm	for	 

the audit of the listed subsidiary  
in Malta;

•  using	a	different	audit	firm	for	the	
audit of the subsidiary in India;

•  using	a	different	firm	to	perform	

internal audit key process  
health checks with the Head of 
Compliance Services during  
the year;

•  using	a	number	of	different	firms	to	
provide other non-audit services 
including tax compliance services, 
tax advice, risk management, 
transfer pricing risk assessments, 
internal control reviews and 
banking advisory services during 
the year; and

•  confirmation	from	the	Auditor	that	
they have complied with relevant 
UK independence standards.

Non-audit fees
It is the Audit Committee’s policy to 
engage the Group’s Auditor for non-
audit services where such level of 
expertise is not readily available from 
comparable	firms	at	a	commensurate	
cost and engaging for such services 
would not impair the independence of 
the Group’s Auditor. The Committee 
has not contracted for non-audit 
services with the Group’s Auditor 
in	this	financial	year	or	the	previous	
financial	year.

Each engagement for non-audit 
services is carefully reviewed against 
this policy, and when the Committee 
is	satisfied	it	approves	all	non-audit	
work commissioned from the external 
auditors. During the year the fees paid 
to the Auditor were £315,000 (2021: 
£307,500) for Group and subsidiary 
audit services, £Nil (2021: £Nil) for 
interim audit services, and £Nil (2021: 
£Nil) for non-audit services.

Significant matters in relation 
to financial statements
Revenue recognition
Management assesses both legal 
paperwork and the underlying 
commercial	specifics	of	transactions,	
alongside accounting standards, to 
determine the appropriate revenue 
recognition treatment for each  
of the different revenue streams.  
This assessment involves  
internal chartered accountants,  
internal legal staff, operational  
staff and professional advice  
where appropriate.

The Audit Committee has reviewed 
the principles for each type of Group 
revenue stream and the mechanism 
used to determine the milestones 
and performance obligations as part 
of the Group’s Business Approval 
Form process. As part of this work, 
the Committee has challenged and 
reviewed	analyses	of	some	specific	
multi-year contracts prepared 
by	Management	to	confirm	that	
the appropriate treatment for 
contract revenue recognition and 
recoverability of the associated 
work in progress balances has 
been recorded.

Goodwill and intangible assets 
valuation
The Group recognises intangible 
assets acquired as part of business 
combinations. These include, 
Goodwill, Customer relationships, 
Trade names and Software, which 
are recorded at fair value at the date 
of acquisition. The determination 
of these fair values is based upon 
Management’s judgement and 
includes assumptions on the timing 
and amount of future incremental 
cash	flows	generated	by	the	assets	
and selection of an appropriate cost 
of capital. Management estimates the 
expected useful lives of intangible 
assets and charges amortisation on 
those assets accordingly.

Governance | Report of the Audit Committee

67

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Report of the Audit Committee continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Reporting responsibilities
The Committee makes whatever 
recommendations to the Board it 
deems appropriate on any area 
within its remit where action or 
improvement is	required.	

The Committee ensures that it 
gives due consideration to laws and 
regulations, the provisions of the 
QCA Corporate Governance Code, 
the requirements of the UK Listing 
Authority’s Listing Rules, Prospectus 
and Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules, the AIM Rules for Companies 
and any other applicable rules as 
appropriate. The Committee also 
oversees any investigation of  
activities which are within its terms  
of reference. 

The Audit Committee operates within 
agreed terms of reference, which can 
be found on the Group’s website.

Alice Cummings
Chair of the Audit Committee
25 January 2023

Management is required to test, 
at least annually, whether goodwill 
has suffered any impairment. The 
recoverable amount is determined 
based upon value-in-use and net 
realisable value calculations. The 
value-in-use method requires the 
calculation	of	future	cash	flows	and	
the choice of a suitable discount rate 
to calculate the present value of these 
cash	flows.	Pre-tax	discount	rates	
have been applied and are based 
on WACC calculations performed 
and supplied by independent 
valuation specialists.

The Audit Committee has considered 
Management’s assessments of value-
in-use of Cash Generating Units 
(CGUs) of intangible assets at the 
reporting date and the acquisition 
accounting for the business acquired 
in the year. This included considering 
a range of sensitivities applied to 
future	cash	flows	and	the	discount	
factors. The Committee has through 
its	work	confirmed	that	no	impairment	
charge is required.

Other matters
The Committee is authorised to seek 
any information it requires from any 
Group employee in order to perform 
its duties. The Committee can obtain, 
at the Group’s expense, outside legal 
or other professional advice on any 
matters within its terms of reference.

The Committee may call any 
member of staff to be questioned at 
a meeting of the Committee as and 
when required. 

The Committee has put in place 
discussions for senior teams across 
the organisation to meet with the 
Non-Executive Directors without 
the Executive Directors present and 
this year has held meetings with 
stakeholders in professional services, 
Aligned Assets, company secretarial, 
legal	and	finance.

68

Aspire Defence Capital Works 
(ADCW)
FusionLive helps ADCW optimise its document management to 
increase operational effectiveness, productivity and reduce cost.

Challenge
Efficient data management and driving 
productivity for a large-scale project

Solution
Transforming document management to 
accelerate efficiency in project execution

Tasked with such a complex undertaking, ADCW 
needed	to	efficiently	manage	enormous	volumes	of	
data at different stages of the projects, as well as drive 
productivity through better collaboration and data 
storage methods. To eliminate the mountain of paper 
and the complexity and risk that accompanies it, ADCW 
wanted	to	replace	its	manual	processes	and	workflows	
with a digital solution that could help store, share, review 
and retrieve project collateral in a more effective way – 
at the click of a button.

“FusionLive allows us to control 
document access by various 
stakeholders, thereby providing 
improved management of sensitive 
documents. The system also leaves 
an audit trail of who has viewed a 
document, when it was accessed, 
and how	it	may	have	been	modified.” 

Annette Pomery 
Project Control Manager 
Aspire Defence Capital Works

After a thorough review of document management 
systems available in the market, ADCW decided to 
implement Idox’s FusionLive to support the delivery 
of a multitude of projects for its client. FusionLive 
is a versatile and secure cloud-based Engineering 
Information Management (EIM) solution that employs 
intelligent automation, tag extraction, best practice 
document	controls,	out-of-the-box	workflows	and	
customised	dashboards	to	accelerate	efficiency	in	
project execution. Designed to transform the way 
documents are handled and controlled, the software 
enables mitigation of document version errors, and 
speeds up productivity by avoiding duplication of 
tasks and content.

Outcome
Improved consistency, collaboration and 
communication with an optimised document 
management system

Deploying FusionLive has helped ADCW drive 
consistency, collaboration and communication 
throughout the duration of this large-scale, complex 
project for the MoD.

Governance | Report of the Audit Committee

69

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Financial  
statements

72 

80 

81 

 Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Idox plc
 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
 Consolidated statement of changes in equity

82 
84  Consolidated	cash	flow	statement
85  Notes to the accounts
126  Company balance sheet

Doing more for Engineering 
& Construction
Driving faster delivery of complex capital projects and 
better project collaboration.

70

Overview

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

127 

128 

 Company statement of changes in equity
 Notes	to	the	company	financial	statements

Other information
135  Alternative performance measures
137  Company information

Idox’s specialist facilities management and 
engineering information management software 
solutions are proven across the oil and gas, energy, 
manufacturing and construction sectors.

Engineering  
Information 
Management

Computer  
Aided Facilities  
Management

Cloud-based engineering 
information management 
software designed 
to facilitate project 
collaboration and ensure 
the accuracy and integrity 
of information on complex 
capital projects.

Comprehensive facilities 
management software 
featuring an asset register, 
maintenance management, 
room and resource booking, 
property management, stock 
control and mobile workforce 
management modules.

Financial statements 

71

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Idox plc
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Report on the audit of the financial statements
1. Opinion

In our opinion:
•  the	financial	statements	of	Idox	plc	(the	‘parent	Company’)	and	its	subsidiaries	(the	‘Group’)	give	a	true	and	fair	
view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 October 2022 and of the Group’s 
profit	for	the	year	then	ended;

•  the	Group	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	United	Kingdom	adopted	

international accounting standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB);

•  the	parent	Company	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	United	Kingdom	
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”; and

•  the	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

We	have	audited	the	financial	statements	which	comprise:

•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

•  the consolidated and parent Company balance sheets;

•  the consolidated and parent Company statements of changes in equity;

•  the	consolidated	cash	flow	statement;	and

•  the	related	notes	1	to	30	to	the	Group	financial	statements,	and	the	related	notes	1	to	15	to	the	parent	Company	

financial	statements.

The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	Group	financial	statements	is	
applicable law and United Kingdom adopted international accounting standards and IFRSs as issued by the IASB. The 
financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	parent	Company	financial	statements	is	
applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial	statements	section	of	our	report.

We are independent of the Group and the parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant	to	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	in	the	UK,	including	the	Financial	Reporting	Council’s	(the	‘FRC’s’)	
Ethical	Standard	as	applied	to	listed	entities,	and	we	have	fulfilled	our	other	ethical	responsibilities	in	accordance	with	
these requirements. 

We	believe	that	the	audit	evidence	we	have	obtained	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	provide	a	basis	for	our	opinion.

72

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit 
matters

The	key	audit	matters	that	we	identified	in	the	current	year	were:

•  Revenue recognition; and

•  Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

Within	this	report,	key	audit	matters	are	identified	as	follows:

  Similar level of risk

Materiality

Scoping

Significant 
changes in  
our approach

The	materiality	that	we	used	for	the	Group	financial	statements	was	£674,000,	which	was	determined	on	
the basis of EBITDA benchmark.

Our audit covered 98% of the Group’s total revenue, 88% of the Group’s PBT, 87% of the Group’s EBITDA 
and 84% of the Group’s net assets. 

Our approach is consistent with previous year with the exception of adopting a controls reliance 
approach on material revenue streams given the enhanced control environment.

4. Conclusions relating to going concern
In	auditing	the	financial	statements,	we	have	concluded	that	the	directors’	use	of	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	
in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	is	appropriate.

Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

• 

	Evaluating	the	financing	facilities	including	nature	of	facilities,	repayment	terms	and	covenants	by	reviewing	the	
contracts;

•  Evaluating assumptions used and amount of headroom in the forecasts by performing independent recalculations, 

sensitivity analysis and stress test;

•  Assessing	the	appropriateness	of	management’s	forecasted	cash	flows	and	covenants	under	the	base	case	and	

worst-case scenario;

•  Assessing accuracy of forecast by comparing it to actual results;

•  Assessing	the	appropriateness	of	the	going	concern	disclosures	in	the	financial	statements	relating	to	going	concern.

Based	on	the	work	we	have	performed,	we	have	not	identified	any	material	uncertainties	relating	to	events	or	conditions	
that,	individually	or	collectively,	may	cast	significant	doubt	on	the	Group’s	and	parent	Company’s	ability	to	continue	as	
a	going	concern	for	a	period	of	at	least	twelve	months	from	when	the	financial	statements	are	authorised	for	issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

Financial statements | Independent Auditor’s report

73

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Idox plc continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

5. Key audit matters
Key	audit	matters	are	those	matters	that,	in	our	professional	judgement,	were	of	most	significance	in	our	audit	of	the	
financial	statements	of	the	current	period	and	include	the	most	significant	assessed	risks	of	material	misstatement	
(whether	or	not	due	to	fraud)	that	we	identified.	These	matters	included	those	which	had	the	greatest	effect	on:	the	
overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These	matters	were	addressed	in	the	context	of	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole,	and	in	forming	our	
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1. Revenue Recognition 

Key audit matter  
description

The Group generated £66.2m of revenue (2021: £62.2m) during the year. The Group provides 
specialist software solutions. It has two separate business segments – Public Sector Software 
(PSS) and Engineering Information Management (EIM). Each business segment has its own revenue 
recognition policies (Refer to note 1 accounting policies) depending on the nature of the revenue 
(recurring or non-recurring) and underlying contractual arrangements. 

Recurring	revenue	is	defined	as	revenues	associated	with	access	to	a	specific	ongoing	service,	
with invoicing that typically recurs on an annual basis and underpinned by either a multi-year or 
rolling contract. These services include Support & Maintenance, SaaS fees, Hosting services, and 
some	Managed	Service	arrangements	which	involve	a	fixed	fee	irrespective	of	consumption.	Non-
Recurring	revenue	is	defined	as	revenues	without	any	formal	commitment	from	the	customer	to	
recur on an annual basis

Directors’ judgement is required around the timing of when performance obligations are met, as 
well as for the application of principles set out in IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers 
with regards to the measurement of revenue recognised. Given that this judgement could be the 
subject of management bias surrounding the stage of completion of any projects that are not 
completed	at	year-end,	we	identified	this	as	a	potential	areas	susceptible	to	fraud.

Our key audit matter has been pinpointed to the cut-off, accuracy and occurrence of revenue 
from new contracts that have arisen in the year.

Further	details	are	provided	in	Strategic	Report	on	page	41	and	note	2	of	the	financial	statements.

The audit procedures we performed in respect of this matter included:

•  Obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the recording of revenue;

•  Performed tests of controls relating to new contract revenue approval;

•  Testing of product and service revenue for new contracts during the year by focusing on 

those generating revenue one month pre year-end and one month post year-end, in order to 
assess cut-off, agreeing each sampled item to invoice details and evidencing the performance 
obligations criteria; 

•  Evaluating methodology for compliance with requirements of IFRS 15 for a sample of new 

customer contracts in the year;

•  Testing a sample of invoices raised in the year for accuracy and occurrence to assess whether 

they were accounted for in line with the Group’s revenue recognition policy; and

•  Assessed	the	appropriateness	of	disclosures	in	the	financial	statements.

How the scope of our 
audit responded to 
the key audit matter

Key observations

Based	on	the	work	performed	we	are	satisfied	that	the	revenue	was	appropriately	recognised.

74

5.2. Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets 

Key audit matter  
description

The Group has goodwill of £52.6m (2021: £50.9m) and other intangible assets of £39.8m (2021: 
£41.1m) as at 31 October 2022. As required by IAS 36 Impairment of assets, management performs 
an impairment review for all goodwill balances on an annual basis, and for other intangible assets 
whenever	an	indication	of	impairment	is	identified.	For	further	details,	refer	to	accounting	policies	
in	note	1	of	the	financial	statements.

How the scope of our 
audit responded to 
the key audit matter

The	valuation	of	goodwill	and	intangible	assets	has	been	identified	as	a	key	audit	matter	as	a	result	
of	the	quantitative	significance	of	the	balances	and	the	application	of	Directors’	judgement	and	
estimation in performing impairment reviews and determining long term growth assumptions. 

Determination of the recoverable amount incorporates estimation based on assumptions about 
future	operating	cash	flows	for	the	related	businesses,	using	assumptions	around	discount	rate,	
growth	rates,	and	cash	flow	forecasts.	Our	key	audit	matter	is	focused	on	the	most	sensitive	and	
judgemental assumptions of engineering information management (“EIM”) Cash-Generating Unit 
(CGU)	being	the	forecast	cash	flows	in	the	directors’	assessment	of	recoverable	amount	based	on	
value-in-use,	and	the	discount	rates	applied	to	the	cash	flows.

Further details are provided in Audit Committee report on page 67 and note 12 of the 
financial statements.

•  The audit procedures we performed in respect of this matter included:

•  Obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls over the carrying value of goodwill and 

intangible assets, in particular the controls over the forecasts that focus on the value-in-use 
models, and controls around Directors’ selection of the discount rate;

•  Challenging	Directors’	assessment	of	the	cash	flow	assumptions	in	determining	value-in-use,	
including sensitivities applied, by assessing historical accuracy of forecasting and budgeting, 
verifying the future sales order book and considering third party evidence where available;

•  Agreeing	cash	flow	forecasts	to	Board	approved	budgets	including	net	working	capital	and	

capital expenditure;

•  Performing sensitivity analysis to determine the point at which the EIM CGU would need to 

recognise an impairment, and compared this to the disclosure of such sensitivities in note 12;

•  Engaging our valuations specialist to assist in performing independent recalculation of the 

discount rate; and

•  Assessing additional disclosure of sensitivity within the EIM CGU grouping.

Key observations

Based on the work performed we concluded that the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets 
was	appropriate,	including	the	disclosures	which	have	been	made	in	the	financial	statements.

Financial statements | Independent Auditor’s report

75

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Idox plc continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We	define	materiality	as	the	magnitude	of	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements	that	makes	it	probable	that	the	
economic	decisions	of	a	reasonably	knowledgeable	person	would	be	changed	or	influenced.	We	use	materiality	both	in	
planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based	on	our	professional	judgement,	we	determined	materiality	for	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	as	follows:

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

Materiality

£674,000 (2021: £580,000)

£337,000 (2021: £290,000)

Basis for determining 
materiality

3% of EBITDA (2021: 3% EBITDA)

Parent Company materiality is capped 
at 50% (2021: 50%) of Group materiality 
which equates to 0.53% (2021: 0.43%) 
of net	assets.

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

We have used EBITDA as the benchmark for our 
determination of materiality having considered 
the important metrics of the business for different 
stakeholder groups. 

As this is the ultimate holding Company 
for the Group, the key balances are 
investments held, external borrowings 
and intercompany balances.

Materiality has also increased as compared to 
prior year due to underlying growth in business 
following acquisitions.

EBITDA £22,500k

EBITDA

Group materiality

Group materiality 
£674k

Component  
materiality range  
£297k to £607k

Audit Committee 
reporting threshold  
£33k

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, 
uncorrected	and	undetected	misstatements	exceed	the	materiality	for	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole.

Performance 
materiality

Basis for determining 
materiality

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

70% (2021: 70%) of Group materiality

70% (2021: 70%) of parent Company 
materiality

In determining performance materiality, we considered the following factors: our risk assessment, 
including our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment and the fact we relied on 
controls on material revenue streams; continuation of stable trading performance and the level of 
corrected	and	uncorrected	misstatements	identified	in	the	prior	year	audit.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of 
£33k (2021: £29k), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative 
grounds.	We	also	report	to	the	Audit	Committee	on	disclosure	matters	that	we	identified	when	assessing	the	overall	
presentation	of	the	financial	statements.

76

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Identification and scoping of components
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment through discussions with 
finance,	IT	and	commercial	teams	and	performing	walkthroughs	of	processes	across	these	areas,	including	Group	wide	
controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at a Group level.

The Group operates globally with material revenues being generated in the United Kingdom, the United States of 
America, and Europe. Revenues are split across the following segments: Public Sector Software and Engineering 
Information Management.

On	a	legal	entity	basis,	the	significant	components	to	the	Group	are	Idox	Plc	and	Idox	Software	Ltd.	These	components	
represent	89%	of	the	Group’s	revenue,	84%	of	the	Group’s	profit	before	tax,	80%	of	the	Group’s	EBITDA	and	84%	of	the	
Group’s total net assets. All the work around components has been performed by the Group engagement team.

Additionally,	our	audit	planning	identified	the	following	non-significant	components	and	specified	audit	procedures	have	
been performed by the Group audit team in relation to material account balances : McLaren Software Inc and Exegesis 
Spatial	Data	Management	Ltd.	This	adds	an	additional	9%	of	coverage	over	revenue,	4%	over	profit	before	tax,	7%	of	the	
Group’s EBITDA and 0% over total net assets.

2%

9%

12%

4%

13%

16%

7%

Revenue

Profit  
before tax

EBITDA

Net assets

89%

84%

80%

84%

Full audit scope

Specified	audit	procedures

Review at Group Level

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment 
With the involvement of our IT specialist, we obtained an understanding of the relevant IT environment and relevant 
General	IT	Controls	(GITCs).	We	obtained	an	understanding	over	financial	reporting	process	and	entity’s	level	control	at	
the Group level.

7.3. Our consideration of climate-related risks 
In planning our audit, we have considered the potential impact of climate change on the Group’s business and its 
financial	statements.	The	Group	continues	to	develop	its	assessment	of	the	potential	impacts	of	climate-related	risks,	
including climate change, as outlined on pages 35 and 57.

We have read the disclosures in relation to climate change made in the other information within the annual report and 
ascertain	whether	the	disclosures	are	materially	consistent	with	the	financial	statements	and	our	knowledge	from	our	audit.

8. Other information
The	other	information	comprises	the	information	included	in	the	annual	report,	other	than	the	financial	statements	and	
our auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.

Our	opinion	on	the	financial	statements	does	not	cover	the	other	information	and,	except	to	the	extent	otherwise	
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent	with	the	financial	statements,	or	our	knowledge	obtained	in	the	course	of	the	audit,	or	otherwise	appears	
to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether 
this	gives	rise	to	a	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements	themselves.	If,	based	on	the	work	we	have	performed,	
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Financial statements | Independent Auditor’s report

77

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Independent Auditor’s report to the members of Idox plc continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

9. Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of	the	financial	statements	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view,	and	for	such	internal	control	as	
the	Directors	determine	is	necessary	to	enable	the	preparation	of	financial	statements	that	are	free	from	material	
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	responsible	for	assessing	the	Group’s	and	the	parent	Company’s	
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our	objectives	are	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	are	free	from	
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered	material	if,	individually	or	in	the	aggregate,	they	could	reasonably	be	expected	to	influence	the	economic	
decisions	of	users	taken	on	the	basis	of	these	financial	statements.

A	further	description	of	our	responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	is	located	on	the	FRC’s	website	at:	
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. 
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-
compliance with laws and regulations, we considered the following:

•  the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the 
Group’s remuneration policies, key drivers for Directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

•  results	of	our	enquiries	of	management	and	the	audit	committee	about	their	own	identification	and	assessment	of	

the risks of irregularities;

•  any	matters	we	identified	having	obtained	and	reviewed	the	Group’s	documentation	of	their	policies	and	procedures	

relating to;

 – identifying, evaluating, and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of 

non-compliance;

 – detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected, or 

alleged fraud;

 – the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

•  the matters discussed among the audit engagement team and relevant internal specialists, including tax, valuations, 
IT,	and	industry	specialists	regarding	how	and	where	fraud	might	occur	in	the	financial	statements	and	any	potential	
indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation 
for	fraud	and	identified	the	greatest	potential	for	fraud	in	revenue	recognition.	In	common	with	all	audits	under	ISAs	
(UK),	we	are	also	required	to	perform	specific	procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the Group operates in, focusing on 
provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and 
disclosures	in	the	financial	statements.	The	key	laws	and	regulations	we	considered	in	this	context	included	the	UK	
Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions legislation and tax legislation.

In	addition,	we	considered	provisions	of	other	laws	and	regulations	that	do	not	have	a	direct	effect	on	the	financial	
statements but compliance with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a 
material penalty.

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As	a	result	of	performing	the	above,	we	identified	revenue	recognition	as	key	audit	matter	related	to	the	potential	risk	
of	fraud.	The	key	audit	matters	section	of	our	report	explains	the	matter	in	more	detail	and	also	describes	the	specific	
procedures we performed in response to that key audit matter.

78

In	addition,	our	procedures	to	respond	to	risks	identified	included	the	following:

•  reviewing	the	financial	statement	disclosures	and	testing	to	supporting	documentation	to	assess	compliance	with	

provisions	of	relevant	laws	and	regulations	described	as	having	a	direct	effect	on	the	financial	statements;

•  enquiring of management, the audit committee and in-house legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation 

and claims;

•  performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of 

material misstatement due to fraud;

•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance and reviewing correspondence with HMRC;

• 

in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal 
entries and other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are 
indicative	of	a	potential	bias;	and	evaluating	the	business	rationale	of	any	significant	transactions	that	are	unusual 
or outside the normal course of business.

We	also	communicated	relevant	identified	laws	and	regulations	and	potential	fraud	risks	to	all	engagement	team	
members including internal specialists and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the	information	given	in	the	strategic	report	and	the	directors’	report	for	the	financial	year	for	which	the	financial	

statements	are	prepared	is	consistent	with	the	financial	statements;	and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 

requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent Company and their environment 
obtained in	the	course	of	the	audit,	we	have	not	identified	any	material	misstatements	in	the	strategic	report	or	the	
directors’ report.

13. Matters on which we are required to report by exception
13.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 

been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the	parent	Company	financial	statements	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	accounting	records	and	returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

13.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration have not been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

14. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted 
by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

David Mitchell, CA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor 
Glasgow, United Kingdom 
25 January 2022

Financial statements | Independent Auditor’s report

79

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Continuing operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Analysed as:

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation, restructuring, acquisition costs, 
impairment, financing costs and share option costs

Depreciation

Amortisation

Restructuring costs

Acquisition costs

Financing costs

Share option costs

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before taxation 

Income tax charge

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

(Loss)	/	profit	for	the	year	from	discontinued	operations

Profit for the year attributable to the owners of the parent

Other comprehensive income / (loss) for the year

Items	that	may	be	reclassified	subsequently	to	profit	or	loss:

Exchange movements on translation of foreign operations net of tax

Other comprehensive income / (loss) for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent 

Earnings per share attributable to owners of the parent during the year

From continuing operations

Basic

Diluted

From continuing and discontinued operations

Basic

Diluted

Note

2

2022 
£000

66,184

(15,050)

2021 
£000

62,185

(17,130)

51,134

45,055

(42,476)

8,658

(37,415)

7,640

2

3

3

3

5

22,509

(1,597)

(8,987)

(470)

(183)

(30)

19,519

(1,581)

(8,623)

90

134

(110)

24

(2,584)

(1,789)

6

6

8

9

10

10

10

10

97

(2,153)

6,602

(991)

5,611

(567)

5,044

428

428

5,472

5,472

1.27p

1.24p

1.14p

1.11p

818

(1,190)

7,268

(1,237)

6,031

5,918

11,949

(108)

(108)

11,841

11,841

1.37p

1.34p

2.71p

2.65p

The	accompanying	accounting	policies	and	notes	form	an	integral	part	of	these	financial	statements.

80

Consolidated balance sheet
As at 31 October 2022

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Right-of-use-assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Deferred consideration

Current tax payable

Other liabilities

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred consideration

Lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Bonds in issue

Borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Called up share capital

Capital redemption reserve

Share premium account

Treasury reserve

Share option reserve

Other reserves

ESOP trust

Foreign currency translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to the owners of the parent

Note

2022
£000

2021
£000

11

12

25

13

15

16

17

18

18

19

25

13

18

25

18

20

21

23

1,380

92,410

1,782

2,679

98,251

17,912

13,864

31,776

1,307

92,025

2,363

2,623

98,318

16,968

18,283

35,251

130,027

133,569

6,811

2,271

165

23,451

453

545

33,696

6,086

–

1,265

1,038

11,325

9,201

28,915

62,611

67,416

4,525

1,112

41,556

(594)

4,816

8,745

(466)
239

7,483

67,416

8,075

2,070

1,399

23,547

1,433

727

37,251

5,579

841

1,747

949

10,998

15,394

35,508

72,759

60,810

4,469

1,112

41,556

(594)

3,962

8,789

(417)
(189)

2,122

60,810

The	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	authorised	for	issue	on	25	January	2023	and	are	
signed on its behalf by:

David Meaden 
Chief Executive Officer 

Anoop Kang
Chief Financial Officer

The	accompanying	accounting	policies	and	notes	form	an	integral	part	of	these	financial	statements.

Company name: Idox plc 
Company number: 03984070

Financial statements | Consolidated balance sheet

81

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
Idox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
As at 31 October 2022

Called up share 
capital
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

Share premium 
account
£000

Balance at 1 November 2020

4,450

1,112

Issue of share capital

Share option costs

Exercise / lapses of share options

ESOP trust

Fair value of deferred consideration shares on 
purchase of subsidiary

Equity dividends paid

Transactions with owners

Profit	for	the	year

Other comprehensive loss 

Recycled exchange movements on disposal 
of subsidiaries

Exchange movement on translation of 
foreign operations

Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the year

Balance at 31 October 2021

Issue of share capital

Share option costs

Exercise / lapses of share options

ESOP trust

Exercise of deferred consideration shares

Fair value of deferred consideration shares on 
purchase of subsidiary

Equity dividends paid

Transactions with owners

Profit	for	the	year

Other comprehensive income 

Exchange movement on translation of 
foreign operations

Total comprehensive income for the year

19

–

–

–

–

–

19

–

–

–

–

4,469

56

–

–

–

–

–

–

56

–

–

–

Treasury 
reserve
£000

(621)

–

–

27

–

–

–

27

–

–

–

–

41,356

200

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Share option 

reserve

£000

2,618

Other  

reserves

£000

7,528

Foreign currency 

(Accumulated 

translation 

losses) / retained 

ESOP trust

£000

(373)

reserve

£000

(161)

earnings 

£000

(8,951)

1,894

(550)

1,344

2,535

(1,681)

854

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,261

1,261

(420)

376

(44)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(44)

(44)

(49)

(49)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

80

(108)

(28)

(189)

428

428

239

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

535

(1,331)

(796)

11,949

11,869

2,122

1,681

420

(1,784)

317

5,044

–

5,044

7,483

Total

£000

46,958

219

1,894

12

(44)

1,261

(1,331)

2,011

11,949

(108)

11,841

60,810

56

2,535

(49)

–

–

376

(1,784)

1,134

5,044

428

5,472

67,416

(80)

–

1,112

41,556

(594)

3,962

8,789

(417)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Balance at 31 October 2022

4,525

1,112

41,556

(594)

4,816

8,745

(466)

The	accompanying	accounting	policies	and	notes	form	an	integral	part	of	these	financial	statements.

82

Balance at 1 November 2020

Issue of share capital

Share option costs

Exercise / lapses of share options

ESOP trust

purchase of subsidiary

Equity dividends paid

Transactions with owners

Profit	for	the	year

Other comprehensive loss 

Fair value of deferred consideration shares on 

Recycled exchange movements on disposal 

of subsidiaries

Exchange movement on translation of 

foreign operations

Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the year

Balance at 31 October 2021

Issue of share capital

Share option costs

Exercise / lapses of share options

ESOP trust

Exercise of deferred consideration shares

Fair value of deferred consideration shares on 

purchase of subsidiary

Equity dividends paid

Transactions with owners

Profit	for	the	year

Other comprehensive income 

Exchange movement on translation of 

foreign operations

Total comprehensive income for the year

Called up share 

redemption 

Share premium 

capital

£000

4,450

Capital 

reserve

£000

1,112

Treasury 

reserve

£000

(621)

account

£000

41,356

200

19

–

–

–

–

–

19

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

56

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27

–

–

–

–

–

27

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,469

56

1,112

41,556

(594)

Share option 
reserve
£000

2,618

–

1,894

(550)

–

–

–

1,344

–

–

–

–

3,962

–

2,535

(1,681)

–

–

–

–

854

–

–

–

Other  
reserves
£000

7,528

–

–

–

–

1,261

–

1,261

–

–

–

–

8,789

–

–

–

–

(420)

376

–

(44)

–

–

–

Foreign currency 
translation 
reserve
£000

(Accumulated 
losses) / retained 
earnings 
£000

ESOP trust
£000

(161)

(8,951)

(373)

–

–

–

(44)

–

–

(44)

–

–

–

–

(417)

–

–

–

(49)

–

–

–

(49)

–

–

–

Total
£000

46,958

219

1,894

12

(44)

1,261

(1,331)

2,011

11,949

–

–

535

–

–

(1,331)

(796)

11,949

(80)

–

–

11,869

2,122

–

–

1,681

–

420

–

(1,784)

317

5,044

–

5,044

7,483

(108)

11,841

60,810

56

2,535

–

(49)

–

376

(1,784)

1,134

5,044

428

5,472

67,416

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

80

(108)

(28)

(189)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

428

428

239

Balance at 31 October 2022

4,525

1,112

41,556

(594)

4,816

8,745

(466)

The	accompanying	accounting	policies	and	notes	form	an	integral	part	of	these	financial	statements.

Financial statements | Consolidated statement of changes in equity

83

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit	for	the	year	before	taxation

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Loss / (gain) on disposal / purchase of subsidiary

Finance income

Finance costs

Debt issue costs amortisation

Research and development tax credit

Share option costs

Profit	on	disposal	of	fixed	assets

Movement in receivables

Movement in payables

Cash generated by operations

(Tax paid) / tax refunded

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of subsidiaries 

Disposal of subsidiaries

Proceeds	on	sale	of	fixed	assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Finance income

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Interest paid

Loan drawdowns

Loan related costs

Loan repayments

Principal lease payments

Equity dividends paid

Issue of own shares

Note

2022
£000

2021
£000

6,035

13,186

11

25

12

24

6

848

749

8,987

657

(73)

2,034

119

(449)

2,584

(15)

(1,316)

(1,896)

18,264

(2,617)

15,647

801

1,021

8,835

(6,679)

(800)

1,060

144

(267)

1,908

–

3,086

(5,947)

16,348

206

16,554

(2,219)

(10,530)

(146)

15

(911)

(6,647)

73

10,669

–

(1,110)

(4,637)

66

(9,835)

(5,542)

(997)

2,500

(183)

(967)

15,600

(292)

(9,100)

(35,000)

(927)

(1,784)

(133)

(1,154)

(1,331)

64

(10,624)

(23,080)

(4,812)

(12,068)

18,283

393

13,864

30,812

(461)

18,283

Net cash outflows from financing activities

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Exchange gains / (losses) on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

16

The	accompanying	accounting	policies	and	notes	form	an	integral	part	of	these	financial	statements.

84

Notes to the accounts
For the year ended 31 October 2022

1 Accounting Policies
General information
Idox plc is a leading supplier of software and services for the management of Local Government and other 
organisations. The Company is a public limited company, limited by shares, which is listed on the AIM Market of the 
London	Stock	Exchange	and	is	incorporated	and	domiciled	in	the	UK.	The	address	of	its	registered	office	is	2nd	Floor,	
1310 Waterside, Arlington Business Park, Theale, Reading, RG7 4SA. The registered number of the Company is 03984070. 
There is no ultimate controlling party.

The	financial	statements	are	prepared	in	pounds	sterling.

Basis of preparation
These	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	international	accounting	standards	in	conformity	
with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	as	issued	by	the IASB.

The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention	as	modified	by	the	revaluation	of	
certain	financial	assets	and	liabilities,	being,	deferred	consideration	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss.

These	financial	statements	are	available	on	the	Group’s	website:	https://www.idoxgroup.com/investors/financial-reporting/.

As	set	out	on	page	56	in	the	Directors’	Report,	the	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	on	a	going	concern	basis.

Going concern
The Directors, having made suitable enquiries and analysis of the accounts, consider that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered 
the	Group’s	budget,	cash	flow	forecasts,	available	banking	facility	with	appropriate	headroom	in	facilities	and	financial	
covenants, and levels of recurring revenue.

In	December	2019	the	Group	had	refinanced	with	the	National	Westminster	Bank	plc,	Silicon	Valley	Bank	and	Santander	
UK plc. The facilities, which comprise a revolving credit facility of £35,000,000, were extended during FY21 and are 
committed until June 2024.

As	part	of	the	preparation	of	our	FY22	results,	the	Group	has	performed	detailed	financial	forecasting,	as	well	as	severe	
stress-testing	in	our	financial	modelling,	but	have	not	identified	any	credible	scenarios	that	would	cast	doubt	on	our	
ability to continue as a going concern.

The	Group	has	performed	sensitivity	analysis	of	financial	modelling	to	identify	what	circumstances	could	lead	to	
liquidity challenges. This forecasting has demonstrated that the Group would only breach its banking covenants in the 
most severe of circumstances which are not considered credible. Under this sensitivity analysis, recurring revenues 
renewals were assumed to be 27% lower than plan and non-recurring revenues won and delivered lower by 55%, with 
no corresponding action on costs to address these shortfalls. Under this scenario, the Group would likely be in breach 
of its banking covenants during FY24, albeit liquidity even in this extreme scenario remains strong. This scenario is 
not considered credible given the growth the Group has experienced in FY20 to FY22 in recurring and non-recurring 
revenues despite the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic.

Therefore, this supports the going concern assessment for the business. 

International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations issued but not yet effective
At	the	date	of	authorisation	of	these	financial	statements,	the	following	new	standards,	amendments	and	
interpretations	to	existing	standards	have	been	published.	These	are	mandatory	for	forthcoming	financial	periods,	but	
which the Group has not adopted early. These are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated 
financial	statements:	

• 

• 

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts – effective for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2023.

IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments) Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture.

•  Amendments	to	IAS	1	Classification	of	Liabilities	as	Current	or	Non-current	–	effective	for	periods	commencing	on	or	

after 1 January 2023.

•  Amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations – effective for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2022.

•  Amendments to IAS 37 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets – effective for periods commencing on 

or after 1 January 2022.

•  Amendments to IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment – effective for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2022.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

85

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

1 Accounting Policies (continued)
Adoption of new and revised standards
There were no additional standards, amendments and interpretations that had a material impact on the Group’s 
financial	statements	during	the	year.	

Critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, the Directors are required to make judgements (other than those involving 
estimations)	that	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	amounts	recognised	and	to	make	estimates	and	assumptions	about	
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not easily apparent from other sources. The estimates and 
associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the 
revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. The impairment 
assessment	is	based	on	assumptions	in	relation	to	future	cash	flows	expected	to	be	generated	by	cash	generating	
units,	together	with	appropriate	discounting	of	the	cash	flows.	The	assessment	of	the	carrying	value	of	goodwill	is	
included	as	a	critical	accounting	estimate	given	the	significance	of	the	remaining	carrying	value	of	goodwill	and	the	
inherent level of estimation uncertainty required to undertake impairment testing. The key assumptions in estimating 
the carrying value of goodwill are discount rate, long-term growth rate and short-term growth rates. For information on 
key assumptions and sensitivity analysis are included in note 12.

Judgements (not involving estimation)
Management considers the following items to be critical judgements (apart from those involving estimations) that were 
made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies in the reporting period that are deemed to have the 
most	significant	effect	on	the	amounts	recognised	in	financial	statements:

Development costs
Judgement is exercised in the expenditure that is capitalised or alternatively expensed as research. This is governed 
by the Group’s capitalisation policy, which describes the nature and type of costs that should be capitalised to ensure 
consistency across the Group. Creation and application of this Group capitalisation policy requires judgement in how IFRS 
is	applied	to	Idox	in	describing	which	expenditure	qualifies	for	capitalisation	as	well	as	the	thresholds	that	are	applied.	

The recognition requirements of development costs are reviewed quarterly. This is necessary as the economic success 
of any product development is uncertain and may be subject to future technical problems at the time of recognition. 
Judgements are based on the information available at each review. In addition, all internal activities related to the 
research and development of new software products are continuously monitored by the Directors. 

Capitalised development is reviewed on an individual project basis and management will select the most appropriate 
rate of amortisation for each asset. Amortisation is typically 5 years depending on the future revenue projected for 
each individual asset. 

See note 12 for further information.

Revenue recognition
Management	assesses	both	legal	paperwork	and	the	underlying	commercial	specifics	of	transactions,	alongside	
accounting standards, to determine revenue recognition treatment. This assessment could involve internal chartered 
accountants, internal legal staff, operational staff and professional advice where appropriate. 

The Group has prepared an underlying technical framework to substantiate current and ongoing judgements on 
revenue recognition.

Management exercise judgement over various elements of a contract, for example:

•  the point at which the customer takes full control of any bundled software solution;

•  an estimate of the value of the underlying elements of a bundled software solution; and

•  whether it is appropriate to recognise revenue on certain contracts prior to an invoice being raised, where work has 

been completed and there is a high degree of certainty of the contract being completed, with the invoice raised and 
cash received.

86

The underlying technical framework is used to inform and support areas of judgement, of the type mentioned in these 
examples. See note 18 for further information on contract liabilities.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Management does not consider there to be any other items to involve key assumptions and other key sources of 
estimation	uncertainty	at	the	balance	sheet	date	that	would	have	a	significant	risk	of	causing	a	material	adjustment	to	
the	carrying	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	within	the	next	financial	year.

Basis of consolidation
The	Group	financial	statements	consolidate	the	financial	statements	of	the	Company	and	its	subsidiary	undertakings	
drawn up to 31 October each year. Under IFRS 10, control exists when an investor is exposed, or has rights, to variable 
returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its powers over the 
investee. As each of the subsidiaries are 100% wholly owned, the Group has full control over each of its investees.

All inter-company transactions are eliminated on consolidation. 

For business combinations occurring since 1 November 2009, the requirements of IFRS 3R have been applied. The 
consideration transferred by the Group to obtain control of a subsidiary is calculated as the sum of the fair values at 
acquisition date of assets, liabilities incurred, and the equity interests issued by the Group, which includes the fair value 
of any asset or liability arising from a contingent consideration arrangement. 

Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. For all acquisitions, the Group will perform a fair value review of all property, 
plant and equipment, intangible assets, and accrued and deferred balances to align accounting policies with the Group. 

Alternative performance measures
Where	relevant,	adjusted	measures	of	profit	have	been	used	alongside	statutory	definitions.	These	items	are	excluded	
from	statutory	measures	of	profit	to	present	a	measure	of	cash	earnings	from	underlying	activities	on	an	ongoing	basis.	
This is in line with management information requested and presented to the decision makers in our business; and is 
consistent with how the business is assessed by our debt and equity providers:

•  depreciation;

•  amortisation from acquired intangible assets;

• 

impairment;

•  restructuring costs;

•  acquisition	and	financing	costs;	and

•  share option costs.

Alternative performance measures may not be comparable between companies due to differences in how they 
are calculated.

Revenue
Revenue represents the income arising in the course of an entity’s ordinary activities, net of value added tax and after 
eliminating sales within the Group.

Where	work	has	been	completed	but	the	performance	obligation	has	not	been	fully	satisfied,	the	income	has	been	
accrued and included in contract receivables on the balance sheet.

The Group derives its revenue from the following revenue streams:

Non-Recurring: Software (Initial Licence Fee)
Revenue from Initial Licence Fees (whether in respect of a perpetual or term licence granted) is recognised on delivery 
and passing of full control of the software to the customer. 

For licence fees (Initial Licence Fees and Recurring Licence Fees) where the customer’s control of our software is 
dependent on associated services such as non-recurring services which may be essential for the customer to use the 
software, the revenue from software licence fees will be recognised over the course of the service provision in line with 
delivery of agreed performance obligation milestones as control of the whole solution is progressively transferred to 
the customer.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

87

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

1 Accounting Policies (continued)
Revenue continued
Non-Recurring: Services
Revenue from non-recurring services is recognised over the course of the service provision in line with delivery of 
agreed performance obligation milestones as control of the environment is progressively transferred to the customer.

Non-Recurring: Hardware
Revenue on hardware is recognised when control of the asset is passed to the customer which typically occurs 
on delivery.

Recurring: Software (Recurring Licence Fee and Support & Maintenance)
Revenue from Recurring Licence Fee (typically in respect of a term licence granted) is recognised on delivery and 
passing of full control of the software to the customer as described for Non-recurring: Software (Initial Licence Fee). 
In order to achieve this, anticipated licence fees from future recurring invoicing are typically ‘unbundled’ from the 
Support & Maintenance element and accrued until the invoicing occurs. 

Revenue from Support & Maintenance is recognised evenly across the support and maintenance period, in line with 
the pattern	of	how	we	deliver	the	services	and	how	they	are	consumed	by	the	customer.

Recurring: Managed Services
Revenue from recurring managed services is recognised evenly across the managed service period, in line with the 
pattern of how we deliver the services and how they are consumed by the customer.

Recurring: Hosting
Revenue from recurring hosting is recognised evenly across the hosting period, in line with the pattern of how we deliver 
the services and how they are consumed by the customer.

Software as a Service (SaaS)
Fees from SaaS arrangements typically combine software licencing, support & maintenance, managed services and 
hosting into a single subscription payable by the customer for provision of a holistic service rather than delivery of 
constituent parts. Revenues from SaaS are recognised evenly across the period of contract for provision of the service, 
in line with the pattern of how we deliver the services and how they are consumed by the customer.

Contract revenue, receivables and liabilities
Long-term contracts for software solutions often contain multiple elements such as software, support, services, hosting 
and/or managed services.

Where there is a need to unbundle a software solution into its constituent elements, software industry benchmarks 
are applied.

Recognition of revenue on the software and services elements of longer-term contracts will be driven by IFRS 15 
treatment whereby revenue is recognised in line with agreed delivery performance obligation milestones as control 
passes to the customer. The remaining elements will be considered distinct performance obligations with revenue 
recognised over the course of the contract.

Contract receivables are recognised when performance obligations are discharged under a contractual arrangement 
to the customer but have not been invoiced. Once the invoicing does occur a trade receivable is recognised, and the 
contract receivable is derecognised. 

Contract liabilities arise when invoicing occurs in advance of performance obligations being discharged. The revenue 
associated with the invoicing is deferred until such time as the performance obligation is delivered.

Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-makers.	The	chief	operating	decision-makers	have	been	identified	as	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	the	
Chief	Financial	Officer.

Discontinued operations and held for sale
Assets	(or	disposal	groups)	that	are	classified	as	held	for	sale	in	accordance	with	IFRS	5	Non-current	Assets	Held	for	
Sale and Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with that Standard.

88

Non-current	assets	and	disposal	groups	are	classified	as	held	for	sale	if	their	carrying	amount	will	be	recovered	through	
a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly 
probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition.

Subsidiary Audit Exemption
Idox Software Limited (02933889), Idox Trustees Limited (04111557), thinkWhere Limited (SC315349), exeGesIS 
Spatial Data	Management	Ltd	(03743089),	EIM	Group	Ltd	(14035375),	and	LandHawk	Software	Services	Limited	
(11973310)	are exempt	from	the	provisions	of	Companies	Act	2006	relating	to	the	audit	of	individual	accounts	by	virtue	
of section 479A.

Goodwill
Goodwill	is	stated	after	separate	recognition	of	identifiable	intangible	assets.	It	is	calculated	as	the	excess	of	the	sum	
of a) fair value of consideration transferred, b) the recognised amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree 
and c) acquisition-date fair value of any existing equity interest in the acquiree, over the acquisition-date fair values 
of	identifiable	net	assets.	If	the	fair	values	of	the	identifiable	net	assets	exceed	the	sum	calculated	above,	the	excess	
amount	(i.e.	gain	on	a	bargain	purchase)	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	immediately.

Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment biannually. All other individual 
assets or cash-generating units are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Unallocated goodwill on acquisitions relates mainly to 
workforce valuation, synergies and economies of scale obtained on combining acquisitions with existing operations.

Goodwill written off to reserves prior to the date of transition to IFRS remains in reserves. There is no re-instatement of 
goodwill that was amortised prior to transition to IFRS. Goodwill previously written off to reserves is not written back to 
profit	or	loss	on	subsequent	disposal.

Other intangible assets
Intangible	assets	with	a	finite	useful	life	are	amortised	to	the	consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income	on	a	
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are reviewed on an annual basis. Amortisation commences 
when the asset is available for use. The residual values of intangible assets are assumed to be zero.

(i) Research and development
Expenditure	on	research	(or	the	research	phase	of	an	internal	project)	is	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	in	the	period	in	
which	it	is	incurred.	Development	costs	incurred	are	capitalised	when	all	the	following	conditions	are	satisfied:

•  completion of the intangible asset is technically feasible so that it will be available for use or sale;

•  the Group intends to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

•  the Group has the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

•  the	intangible	asset	will	generate	probable	future	economic	benefits.	Among	other	things,	this	requires	that	there	is	
a market for the output from the intangible asset or for the intangible asset itself, or, if it is to be used internally, the 
asset	will	be	used	in	generating	such	benefits;

•  there	are	adequate	technical,	financial	and	other	resources	to	complete	the	development	and	to	use	or	sell	the	

intangible asset; and

•  the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be measured reliably.

Development	costs	not	meeting	the	criteria	for	capitalisation	are	expensed	in	profit	or	loss	as	incurred.	The	cost	of	
an internally generated intangible asset comprises all directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce, and 
prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Amortisation commences upon 
completion of the asset.

Careful judgement by the Directors is applied when deciding whether the recognition requirements for development 
costs have been met. This is necessary as the economic success of any product development is uncertain and may 
be subject to future technical problems at the time of recognition. Judgements are based on the information available 
at each balance sheet date. In addition, all internal activities related to the research and development of new software 
products are continuously monitored by the Directors.

Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method over a period of up to 5 years.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

89

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

1 Accounting Policies (continued)
Other intangible assets continued
(ii) Customer relationships
Customer relationships represent the purchase price of customer lists and contractual relationships purchased on the 
acquisition of subsidiaries. These relationships are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated 
impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method over a period of 20, 10 or 5 years. 

(iii) Trade names
Trade names represent the named intangible asset recognised on the acquisition of these trade names are carried at 
cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-
line method over a period of between 5 and 20 years. 

(iv) Software
Software represents the purchase price of developed products either acquired as part of the acquisition of subsidiaries 
or procured directly from a vendor. The software is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated 
impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method over a period of between 3 and 10 years. 

(v) Order backlog
Order backlog includes the managed service contracts and subscription deferred revenue purchased on the 
acquisition of subsidiaries. Amortisation on the managed service deferred revenue is calculated based on the weighting 
and length of each contract purchased. Amortisation on the subscription deferred revenue is calculated using the 
straight-line method over a period up to 5 years.

Impairment
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable	cash	inflows	(cash-generating	units).	As	a	result,	some	assets	are	tested	individually	for	impairment,	and	
some are tested at cash-generating unit level. 

Goodwill	is	allocated	to	those	cash-generating	units	that	are	expected	to	benefit	from	synergies	of	the	related	business	
combination	and	represent	the	lowest	level	within	the	Group	at	which	management	monitors	the	related	cash	flows.

Goodwill, other individual assets or cash-generating units that include goodwill, other intangible assets with an 
indefinite	useful	life,	and	those	intangible	assets	not	yet	available	for	use	are	tested	for	impairment	at	least	annually.	

All other individual assets or cash-generating units are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the assets or cash-generating unit’s carrying amount 
exceeds	its	recoverable	amount.	The	recoverable	amount	is	the	higher	of	fair	value,	reflecting	market	conditions	less	
costs	to	sell,	and	value-in-use	based	on	an	internal	discounted	cash	flow	evaluation.	Impairment	losses	recognised	for	
cash-generating units, to which goodwill has been allocated, are credited initially to the carrying amount of goodwill. 

Any remaining impairment loss is charged pro rata to the other assets in the cash-generating unit. With the exception 
of goodwill, all assets are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised may 
no longer exist.

Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.

Depreciation is charged to the statement of comprehensive income using the following rates and bases so as to write 
off the cost or valuation of items of property, plant and equipment over their expected useful lives. The rates that are 
generally applicable are:

•  Computer hardware 

25% and 50% straight line

•  Fixtures,	fittings	and	equipment	 25%	straight	line

•  Library books and journals 

33.3% straight line

Useful economic lives and residual values are reviewed annually.

Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension plans
Contributions paid to pension plans of employees are charged to the statement of comprehensive income in the period 
in which they become payable.

90

 
Share-based payment transactions
All goods and services received in exchange for the grant of any share-based payment are measured at their fair values. 
Where employees are rewarded using share-based payments, the fair values of employees’ services are determined 
indirectly by reference to the fair value of the instrument granted to the employee. 

This fair value is appraised at the grant date and excludes the impact of non-market vesting conditions (for example, 
profitability	and	sales	growth	targets).

All equity-settled share-based payments are ultimately recognised as an expense in the statement of comprehensive 
income with a corresponding credit to the share option reserve.

If vesting periods or other non-market vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated over the vesting period, based 
on the best available estimate of the number of share options expected to vest. Estimates are revised subsequently 
if there is any indication that the number of share options expected to vest differs from previous estimates. Any 
cumulative adjustment prior to vesting is recognised in the current period. No adjustment is made to any expense 
recognised in prior periods if share options that have vested are not exercised.

Upon exercise of share options, the proceeds received net of attributable transaction costs are credited to reserves. 

Reserves
Equity comprises the following:

•  “Share premium” represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of consideration received for equity 

shares, net of expenses of the share issue.

•  “Capital redemption reserve” represents when the entire deferred ordinary share capital was bought in exchange for 

one ordinary 1p share. 

•  “Other reserves” arose as a result of:

 – a Group reconstruction that occurred on 17 November 2000. This represents the issued share capital and share 

premium account in the Company’s subsidiary undertaking, Idox Software Limited;

 – Share premium arising on consideration shares issued on the acquisition of 6PM Holdings plc and Halarose 

Holdings Limited; and

 – The fair value of the deferred consideration shares included in the purchase of Aligned Assets Limited and 

LandHawk Software Services Limited.

•  “Share options reserve” represents shares to be issued on potential exercise of those share options that have been 

accounted for under “IFRS 2 Share Based Payments”.

•  “ESOP trust” represents share capital purchased to satisfy the obligation of the employee share scheme. Purchased 
shares	are	classified	within	the	ESOP	trust	reserve	and	the	cost	of	shares	purchased	are	presented	as	a	deduction	
from total equity.

•  “Retained	earnings	/	(accumulated	losses)”	represents	retained	profits	/	(losses).

•  “Treasury reserve” represents shares repurchased by the Company to be held for redistribution as share options. 

The cost of treasury shares is debited to the Treasury reserve.

•  “Foreign currency translation reserve” represents exchange gains and losses on translation of foreign operations. 

Taxation
Tax	on	the	profit	or	loss	for	the	year	comprises	current	and	deferred	tax.	Current	tax	is	charged	to	profit	or	loss	except	
where it relates to tax on items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case it is 
charged to equity or other comprehensive income.

Current	tax	is	the	tax	currently	payable	based	on	taxable	profit	for	the	year.	

Deferred income taxes are calculated using the liability method on temporary differences. Deferred tax is generally 
provided on the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. However, 
deferred tax is not provided on the initial recognition of goodwill, nor on the initial recognition of an asset or liability 
unless	the	related	transaction	is	a	business	combination	or	affects	tax	or	accounting	profit.	Deferred	tax	on	temporary	
differences associated with shares in subsidiaries is not provided if reversal of these temporary differences can be 
controlled by the Group and it is probable that reversal will not occur in the foreseeable future. 

In addition, tax losses available to be carried forward as well as other income credits to the Group are assessed for 
recognition as deferred tax assets.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

91

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

1 Accounting Policies (continued)
Taxation continued
Deferred tax liabilities are provided in full, with no discounting. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that the underlying deductible temporary differences will be able to be offset against future taxable income. 
Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at tax rates that are expected to apply to their respective 
period of realisation, provided they are enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Changes	in	deferred	tax	assets	or	liabilities	are	recognised	as	a	component	of	tax	expense	in	profit	or	loss,	except	
where they relate to items that are charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or equity in which 
case the	related	deferred	tax	is	also	charged	or	credited	directly	to	other	comprehensive	income	or	equity.

Research and development tax credits
The UK tax regime permits additional tax relief for qualifying expenditure incurred on research and development. 
The Research	and	Development	Expenditure	Credit	(RDEC)	Scheme	has	been	adopted,	which	permits	a	tax	credit	
of	13%	of	qualifying	expenditure	for	companies	classified	as	large.	The	Group	is	considered	large	for	research	and	
development tax credit purposes owing to a headcount of over 500.

Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a 
right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, 
except	for	short-term	leases	(defined	as	leases	with	a	lease	term	of	twelve	months	or	less)	and	leases	of	low	value	
assets. For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over 
the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic 
benefits	from	the	leased	assets	are	consumed.	This	expense	is	presented	within	administration	expenses	in	the	
statement of comprehensive income.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted at a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics. 

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

•  Fixed lease payments; and

•  Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the 

commencement date.

The	lease	liability	is	presented	as	a	separate	line	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.

The	lease	liability	is	subsequently	measured	by	increasing	the	carrying	amount	to	reflect	interest	on	the	lease	liability	
(using	the	effective	interest	method)	and	by	reducing	the	carrying	amount	to	reflect	the	lease	payments	made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use 
asset) whenever:

•  The	lease	term	has	changed	or	there	is	a	significant	event	or	change	in	circumstances	resulting	in	a	change	in	the	
assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the 
revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

•  The lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed 
residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using an 
unchanged	discount	rate	(unless	the	lease	payments	change	is	due	to	a	change	in	a	floating	interest	rate,	in	which	
case a revised discount rate is used).

•  A	lease	contract	is	modified	and	the	lease	modification	is	not	accounted	for	as	a	separate	lease,	in	which	case	
the	lease	liability	is	remeasured	based	on	the	lease	term	of	the	modified	lease	by	discounting	the	revised	lease	
payments	using	a	revised	discount	rate	at	the	effective	date	of	the	modification.

The Group did not make any such adjustments during the periods presented.

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at 
or before the commencement day, less any lease incentives received and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently 
measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

92

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it 
is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision 
is recognised and measured under IAS 37. To the extent that the costs relate to a right-of-use asset, the costs are 
included in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the right-of-use asset. If a 
lease	transfers	ownership	of	the	underlying	asset	or	the	cost	of	the	right-of-use	asset	reflects	that	the	Group	expects	
to exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. 
The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

The	right-of-use	assets	are	presented	as	a	separate	line	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.

The	Group	applies	IAS	36	to	determine	whether	a	right-of-use	asset	is	impaired	and	accounts	for	any	identified	
impairment loss as described in the Impairment policy. 

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for any 
lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. For contracts that contain a lease component 
and one or more additional lease or non-lease components, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to 
each lease component on the basis of the relative stand-alone price of the lease component and the aggregate stand-
alone price of the non-lease components.

Dividend distributions
Interim	dividends	in	respect	of	equity	shares	are	recognised	in	the	financial	statements	in	the	period	in	which	they	
are paid.

Final	dividends	in	respect	of	equity	shares	are	recognised	in	the	financial	statements	in	the	period	that	the	dividends	
are formally approved.

Foreign currency translation
The functional and presentation currency of Idox plc and its United Kingdom subsidiaries is the pound sterling (£). 
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded at the functional currency rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency 
rate	of	exchange	ruling	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	All	differences	are	taken	to	profit	or	loss.

In	the	consolidated	financial	statements,	the	assets	and	liabilities	of	non-sterling	functional	currency	subsidiaries,	
are translated into pound sterling at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The results of non-sterling 
functional currency subsidiaries are translated into pound sterling using average rates of exchange. 

Exchange adjustments arising are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve and reported in other 
comprehensive income. There is no tax impact on these adjustments.

Financial instruments
Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	recognised	on	the	Group’s	balance	sheet	when	the	Group	has	become	a	
party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The	Group	has	a	hold-to-collect	business	model	in	respect	of	financial	assets	held	at	amortised	cost.	The	objective	
of	the	‘hold	to	collect’	business	model	is,	in	most	cases,	to	hold	financial	assets	to	collect	their	contractual	cash	flows,	
rather	than	with	a	view	to	selling	the	assets	to	generate	cash	flows.	

Financial assets
Financial	assets	are	classified	according	to	the	substance	of	the	contractual	arrangements	entered	into.	

Trade and other receivables
The entity always recognises lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) for trade receivables, and contract assets, and ECL 
are estimated using a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience.

Trade receivables do not carry any interest and are initially stated at their fair value, as reduced by appropriate credit 
losses for estimated irrecoverable amounts. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and on deposit with a maturity of three months or less from 
inception	and	are	subject	to	an	insignificant	risk	of	changes	in	value.	

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

93

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

1 Accounting Policies (continued)
Financial liabilities and equity
Financial	liabilities	and	equity	instruments	are	classified	according	to	the	substance	of	the	contractual	arrangements	
entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after 
deducting	all	of	its	financial	liabilities.

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded initially at fair value, net of direct transaction costs. Such 
instruments	are	subsequently	carried	at	their	amortised	cost	and	finance	charges,	including	premiums	payable	on	
settlement	or	redemption,	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	over	the	committed	term,	excluding	any	optional	extensions	
of the instrument using an effective rate of interest.

Bonds in issue
Bonds in issue are recorded initially at fair value, net of direct transaction costs. The bonds are subsequently carried 
at	their	amortised	cost	and	finance	charges	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss	over	the	term	of	the	instrument	using	an	
effective rate of interest. 

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are not interest-bearing, these are initially stated at their fair value and subsequently at 
amortised cost.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

2 Segmental Analysis
During the year ended 31 October 2022, the Group was organised into two operating segments, which are detailed below.

Financial	information	is	reported	to	the	chief	operating	decision	maker,	which	comprises	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	
and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer,	monthly	on	a	business	unit	basis	with	revenue	and	operating	profits	split	by	business	
unit. Each business unit is deemed an operating segment as each offers different products and services.

•  Public Sector Software (PSS) – delivering specialist information management solutions and services to the public sector.

•  Engineering Information Management (EIM) – delivering engineering document management and control solutions to 

asset intensive industry sectors.

During	the	year	ended	31	October	2021	the	Content	(CONT)	segment	was	sold.	As	Content	was	a	separately	identifiable	
segment, the results for the comparative year have been classed as a discontinued operation.

Segment revenue comprises sales to external customers and excludes gains arising on the disposal of assets and 
finance	income.	Segment	profit	reported	to	the	Board	represents	the	profit	earned	by	each	segment	before	the	
allocation of taxation, Group interest payments and Group acquisition costs. The assets and liabilities of the Group 
are not reviewed by the chief operating decision maker on a segment basis. The Group does not place reliance on any 
specific	customer	and	has	no	individual	customer	that	generates	10%	or	more	of	its	total	Group	revenue.

To provide a more targeted focus on the markets that we serve, and to ensure our solutions help our customers deliver 
better services, from 1 November 2022, we have implemented a divisional structure that consolidates Business Units 
delivering comparable technical solutions or serving similar markets: Land, Property & Public Protection, Communities 
and Assets.

The Divisional structure has been designed to create a direct focus for sales, products, and customer engagement. 
Aimed at delivering great customer outcomes and aligning product roadmaps and innovation investment more 
dynamically to their respective market requirements, these changes will help drive high quality, long-term sustainable 
revenue growth across the Group. Our operating model continues to leverage the overall scale of the Group across 
horizontal functions including, Software Development, Professional Services, Customer Support and Infrastructure.

Information provided to the chief operating decision maker in FY23 will be revised in line with the new operating 
structure and therefore the segmental disclosures will be aligned accordingly.

94

The segment revenues by geographic location are as follows:

2022: Revenues from external customers

United Kingdom

USA

Europe

Rest of World

2021: Revenues from external customers

United Kingdom

USA

Europe

Rest of World

Continuing  
£000

Discontinued  
£000

Total Group  
£000

58,053

4,834

2,781

516

66,184

–

–

–

–

–

58,053

4,834

2,781

516

66,184

Continuing  
£000

Discontinued 
 £000

Total Group  
£000

52,038

5,181

4,275

691

62,185

46

27

3,824

–

3,897

52,084

5,208

8,099

691

66,082

Revenues are attributed to individual countries on the basis of the location of the customer. 

The segment revenues by type are as follows:

2022: Revenues by type

Recurring revenues – PSS

Recurring revenues – EIM

Recurring revenues

Non-recurring revenues – PSS

Non-recurring revenues – EIM

Non-recurring revenues

Revenue from sale of goods

Revenue from rendering of services

Continuing  
£000

Discontinued  
£000

Total Group  
£000

34,557

5,989

40,546

23,726

1,912

25,638

66,184

41,023

25,161

66,184

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34,557

5,989

40,546

23,726

1,912

25,638

66,184

41,023

25,161

66,184

The methodology for calculating the split between revenue from sale of goods and rendering of services has changed 
in the current year with the revenues from support and maintenance being allocated to sale of goods rather than 
rendering of services as was the case in FY21. This more aligns with the nature of the revenue as it relates to the ongoing 
access of software updates and is consistent with how it is categorised in the wider market.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

95

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

2 Segmental Analysis (continued)

2021: Revenues by type

Recurring revenues – PSS

Recurring revenues – EIM

Recurring revenues – Content

Recurring revenues

Non-recurring revenues – PSS

Non-recurring revenues – EIM

Non-recurring revenues – Content

Non-recurring revenues

Revenue from sale of goods

Revenue from rendering of services

Continuing  
£000

Discontinued  
£000

Total Group  
£000

30,111

6,139

–

36,250

24,003

1,932

–

25,935

62,185

23,940

38,245

62,185

–

–

604

604

–

–

3,293

3,293

3,897

1,220

2,677

3,897

30,111

6,139

604

36,854

24,003

1,932

3,293

29,228

66,082

25,160

40,922

66,082

Recurring revenue is income generated from customers on an annual contractual basis. Recurring revenue 
amounts to approximately	61%	(2021:	58%)	of	continuing	revenue,	which	is	revenue	generated	annually	from	sales	
to existing	customers.

All revenues are recognised over the period of the contract, unless the only performance obligation is to licence or 
re-licence a customer’s existing user without any further obligations, in which case the revenue is recognised upon 
completion of the obligation..

All	contracts	are	issued	with	commercial	payment	terms	without	any	unusual	financial	or	deferred	arrangements	and	
do not include any amounts of variable consideration that are constrained.

The Group’s total outstanding contracted performance obligations at 31 October 2022 was £70,347,000 and it is 
anticipated that 52% of this will be recognised as revenue in FY23 and 27% in FY24.

The segment results by business unit for the year ended 31 October 2022:

PSS  
£000

58,283

EIM  
£000

7,901

20,974

(688)

(663)

(4,431)

(3,604)

(72)

(183)

(2,246)

1,535

(160)

(86)

(886)

(66)

(398)

–

(338)

Continuing 
Operations 
Total  
£000

Discontinued 
Operations 
CONTENT 
£000

66,184

22,509

(848)

(749)

(5,317)

(3,670)

(470)

(183)

(2,584)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total  
£000

66,184

22,509

(848)

(749)

(5,317)

(3,670)

(470)

(183)

(2,584)

Revenue

Earnings before depreciation, 
amortisation, restructuring, 
acquisition costs, impairment, 
financing	costs	and	share	
option costs

Depreciation

Depreciation – right-of-use-assets

Amortisation – software licences 
and R&D

Amortisation – acquired intangibles

Restructuring costs

Acquisition costs

Share option costs

96

Total  
£000

8,688

(30)

8,658

(567)

97

(2,153)

6,035

 Total  
£000

Segment	operating	profit	/	(loss)

Financing costs

Operating	profit

Loss from sale of discontinued 
operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit	before	taxation

PSS  
£000

9,087

EIM  
£000

(399)

Continuing 
Operations 
Total  
£000

Discontinued 
Operations 
CONTENT 
£000

8,688

(30)

8,658

–

97

(2,153)

6,602

–

–

–

(567)

–

–

(567)

The corporate recharge to the business unit EBITDA is allocated on a head count basis.

The segment results by business unit for the year ended 31 October 2021:

Revenue

Earnings before depreciation, 
amortisation, restructuring, 
acquisition costs, impairment, 
financing	costs	and	share	
option costs

Depreciation

Depreciation – right-of-use-assets

Amortisation – software licences 
and R&D

Amortisation – acquired 
intangibles

Restructuring costs

Acquisition costs

Share option costs

Segment	operating	profit	/	(loss)

Financing costs

Operating	profit	/	(loss)

Gain from sale of discontinued 
operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit	before	taxation

PSS  
£000

54,114

EIM  
£000

8,071

Continuing 
Operations 
Total  
£000

Discontinued 
Operations 
CONTENT 
£000

62,185

3,897

66,082

17,969

(751)

(709)

1,550

(36)

(85)

19,519

(787)

(794)

276

(14)

(227)

19,795

(801)

(1,021)

(4,193)

(869)

(5,062)

(46)

(5,108)

(3,210)

98

134

(1,760)

7,578

(351)

(8)

–

(29)

172

(3,561)

90

134

(1,789)

7,750

(110)

7,640

–

818

(1,190)

7,268

(166)

(11)

–

(119)

(307)

–

(307)

6,239

–

(14)

5,918

(3,727)

79

134

(1,908)

7,443

(110)

7,333

6,239

818

(1,204)

13,186

The corporate recharge to the business unit EBITDA is allocated on a head count basis with the exception of Content, 
which has had corporate costs reduced to avoid stranded costs. 

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

97

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

3 Operating profit for the year
Continuing	operating	profit	for	the	year	has	been	arrived	at	after	charging:

Auditor’s remuneration:

Fees payable to the Company Auditor for the audit of the parent Company and consolidated 
annual accounts

The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries, pursuant to legislation

Depreciation – owned 

Depreciation – right-of-use assets

Amortisation:

Software licences

Research & development

Acquired intangibles – customer relationships

Acquired intangibles – trade names

Acquired intangibles – software

Equity-settled share-based payments

2022  
£000

2021  
£000

16

299

315

848

749

551

4,766

1,513

423

1,734

2,584

15

293

308

787

794

882

4,179

1,212

588

1,762

1,793

Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs for continuing operations were £0.5m loss (2021: £0.1m gain). The balance is broken down as follows:

Continuing
2022
£000

Discontinued
2022
£000

Total Group
2022
£000

–

470

470

567

–

567

567

470

1,037

Continuing
2021
£000

Discontinued
2021
£000

Total Group
2021
£000

22

(32)

171

(251)

(90)

(8)

(6,220)

–

–

(6,228)

14

(6,252)

171

(251)

(6,318)

Disposal of subsidiaries

Group	structure	simplification

Redundancies

Disposal of subsidiaries

Take over approach

Property

98

4 Directors and employees
Staff costs during the year were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Staff costs during the year were as follows: 

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Continuing 
2022  
£000

Discontinued 
2022  
£000

Total Group 
2022  
£000

30,109

3,524

1,372

35,005

–

–

–

–

30,109

3,524

1,372

35,005

Continuing 
2021  
£000

Discontinued 
2021  
£000

Total Group 
2021  
£000

26,986

2,808

1,149

30,943

2,201

292

108

2,601

29,187

3,100

1,257

33,544

In addition, during the year share-based payment charges of £2,584,000 (2021: £1,793,000) were incurred in relation to 
continuing operations and £Nil (2021: £115,000) in respect of discontinued operations. 

During the year, the Group incurred redundancy costs to former employees of £71,000 (2021: £22,000) for 
continuing operations.	

The average number of employees of the Group during the year for continuing operations was 578 (2021: 522) and Nil 
(2021: 45) for discontinued operations. This was made up as follows:

Office	and	administration	(including	Directors	of	the	Company	and	its	
subsidiary undertakings)

Sales

Development

Operations

Office	and	administration	(including	Directors	of	the	Company	and	its	
subsidiary undertakings)

Sales

Development

Operations

Continuing
2022
No.

Discontinued
2022
No.

Total Group
2022
No.

72

74

154

278

578

–

–

–

–

–

72

74

154

278

578

Continuing
2021
No.

Discontinued
2021
No.

Total Group
2021
No.

50

37

109

326

522

–

1

–

44

45

50

38

109

370

567

The average number of Directors of the Group during the year was 5 (2021: 5).

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

99

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

4 Directors and employees (continued)
Remuneration in respect of Directors was as follows:

Emoluments

Pension contributions

Share option exercise gain

2022  
£000

1,014

4

2,140

3,158

2021  
£000

1,030

10

–

1,040

The	pension	contributions	above	are	in	respect	of	one	Director	and	are	in	relation	to	the	Group’s	defined	
contribution scheme.

In addition to the remuneration stated above, the Group incurred social security costs in respect of Directors of 
£430,000 (2021: £134,000). 

The amounts set out above include remuneration in respect of the highest paid Director as follows:

Aggregate emoluments

Pension contributions

2022  
£000

2021 £ 
000

506

–

506

583

–

583

During the year the highest paid Director exercised share options resulting in a taxable gain of £2,140,000. In the prior 
year the highest paid Director did not exercise share options.

During the year, the Group incurred social security costs in respect of the highest paid Director of £363,000 
(2021: £79,000).

Details of the remuneration for each Director are included in the Report on Remuneration, which can be found on pages 
58 to 59 but does not form part of the audited accounts.

5 Acquisition costs
All acquisition related costs are expensed in the period incurred rather than added to the cost of investment. 
Acquisition costs in the previous year relate to the acquisition of Aligned Assets Limited, thinkWhere Limited and 
exeGesIS Spatial Data Management Ltd, with the current year costs relating to the acquisition of LandHawk Software 
Services Limited on 1 October 2022. The current year also contains the fair value loss associated with the payment of 
the deferred consideration on Aligned Assets, see note 26 for further details.

Acquisition costs

Acquisition costs / (income)

2022  
£000

183

183

2021  
£000

(134)

(134)

100

6 Finance income and costs

Interest receivable 

Other income 

Finance income 

Bank interest payable

Bond interest payable

Effective interest rate adjustment

Non-utilisation fees 

Amortisation of employee equity scheme shares

Amortisation of bank fees

Lease liability interest

Foreign exchange differences

Finance costs 

Interest receivable 

Other income 

Foreign exchange differences

Finance income 

Bank interest payable

Bond interest payable

Effective interest rate adjustment

Non-utilisation fees 

Amortisation of employee equity scheme shares

Amortisation of bank fees

Lease liability interest

Finance costs 

Continuing
2022
£000

Discontinued
2022
£000

Total Group
2022
£000

73

24

97

(436)

(575)

(315)

(174)

(140)

(119)

(95)

(299)

(2,153)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

73

24

97

(436)

(575)

(315)

(174)

(140)

(119)

(95)

(299)

(2,153)

Continuing
2021
£000

Discontinued
2021
£000

Total Group
2021
£000

66

17

735

818

(462)

(549)

360

(154)

(121)

(144)

(120)

(1,190)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(14)

(14)

66

17

735

818

(462)

(549)

360

(154)

(121)

(144)

(134)

(1,204)

7 Dividends
The	Directors	have	proposed	the	payment	of	a	final	dividend	of	0.5p	per	share,	which	would	amount	to	£2,255,488	
(2021:	final	dividend	of	0.4p	which	amounted	to	£1,784,162).

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

101

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

8 Income tax
The tax charge is made up as follows:

Current tax

UK	corporation	tax	on	profit	for	the	year

Foreign tax on overseas companies

Over provision in respect of prior periods

Total current tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustment for rate change

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Other

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge

The tax charge is made up as follows:

Current tax

UK	corporation	tax	on	profit	for	the	year

Foreign tax on overseas companies

(Over) / under provision in respect of prior periods

Total current tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustment for rate change

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Other

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge

102

Continuing
2022
£000

Continuing
2021
£000

2,022

2,406

–

(181)

1,841

(775)

(141)

66

–

145

(30)

2,521

(1,553)

826

(577)

20

(850)

(1,284)

991

1,237

Total Group
2022
£000

Total Group
2021
£000

2,022

2,406

–

(181)

1,841

(775)

(141)

66

–

145

(30)

2,521

(1,553)

826

(577)

20

(850)

(1,284)

991

1,237

The differences between the total tax charge above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK 
corporation	tax	to	the	profit	before	tax,	together	with	the	impact	on	the	effective	tax	rate,	are	as	follows:

Profit	before	taxation	on	total	operations

2022
£000

6,035

% ETR
movement

13,186

2021
£000

% ETR
movement

Profit	multiplied	by	the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK	
of 19% (2021: 19%)

1,147

19.00

2,505

19.00

Effects of:

Share option deduction

Tax losses utilised in year

International losses derecognised

Other timing differences

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Prior year over-provision

Non-taxable income

Adjustment for tax rate differences

Foreign tax suffered

Gain/Loss on disposal of investment

Tax rate change

(255)

(169)

316

1

269

(205)

(85)

20

93

–

(141)

991

(4.23)

(2.80)

5.24

0.01

4.46

(3.40)

(1.40)

0.34

1.54

–

(2.34)

16.42

(842)

(4)

60

17

641

(720)

(1,527)

19

60

202

826

1,237

(6.38)

(0.03)

0.46

0.13

4.86

(5.46)

(11.58)

0.15

0.45

1.53

6.26

9.39

The	main	factors	for	the	reduction	in	the	volatility	in	the	ETR	on	the	profit	before	tax	position	was	the	disposals	in	FY21	
which resulted in income not subject to tax, meaning permanent and other differences giving rise to ETR effects were 
proportionately lower in the current period. These differences included routine non-allowable amounts, losses utilised 
in the period in addition to international losses not recognised in the period and higher overseas tax rates.

The difference between the statutory rate of 19% and the ETR of 16.42% is due to tax losses utilised in the year, the 
impact of overseas tax rates and international losses arising in the period and not recognised. 

Movement on trading losses during 2022 are as follows:

Recognised trading losses

As at 1 November 2021

Impact of rate change

Utilised during the year

Unrecognised trading losses

Losses not recognised

UK unrelieved 
trading losses 
£000

Foreign 
unrelieved 
trading losses 
£000

Total 
unrelieved 
trading losses 
£000

Tax effect 
£000

1,070

–

(255)

815

–

–

–

–

1,070

– 

(255)

815

203

65

(64)

204

(59)

(59)

(12,965)

(12,965)

(13,024)

(13,024)

(4,342)

(4,342)

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

103

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

8 Income tax (continued)
For comparative purposes, movement on trading losses during 2021 were as follows:

Recognised trading losses

As at 1 November 2020

Acquisitions and disposals

Unrecognised trading losses

Losses not recognised

UK unrelieved 
trading losses 
£000

Foreign 
unrelieved 
trading losses 
£000

Total 
unrelieved 
trading losses 
£000

Tax effect 
£000

–

1,070

1,070

350

(350)

–

350

720

1,070

104

99

203

(549)

(549)

(10,253)

(10,253)

(10,802)

(10,802)

(3,692)

(3,692)

The UK trading losses remaining unrecognised at the end of the year relate to brought-forward losses in respect of 
loss-making trades. The closing unrecognised losses of 13,024,394 relate to Malta, the UK and France. The decision was 
made	to	maintain	derecognition	of	these	assets	on	the	basis	these	losses	will	not	be	utilised	over	the	next	three	to	five	
years. Across the year the total deferred tax asset in respect of unrelieved trading losses increased from £203,000 to 
£204,000. There are no expiry dates for any of the unrelieved trading losses carried forward.

9 Discontinued operations
During	the	first	six	months	of	the	year	ended	31	October	2021,	the	Group	received	separate	offers	to	acquire	its	
Continental Compliance operations, and its Netherlands Grants Consultancy operations. These operations collectively 
comprised the Idox Content division of the Group. These offers were at an acceptable valuation and given the Group’s 
desire to prioritise capital on its Idox Software operation, these disposals were completed in the year. 

The Continental Compliance operations were disposed on 12 March 2021 and the Netherlands Grants Consultancy 
operations were disposed on 6 April 2021. These dates represent the point the control and legal ownership of these 
operations passed to the acquirers.

The results of the discontinued operations, which have been excluded in the consolidated income statement, 
were as follows:

Revenue

Expenses

(Loss) / gain on Disposal

Profit	before	tax

Attributable tax expense

Net	profit	attributable	to	discontinued	operations

2022  
£000

–

–

(567)

(567)

–

(567)

2021  
£000

3,897

(4,218)

6,239

5,918

–

5,918

Loss	on	disposal	in	the	current	year	are	related	to	finalisation	costs	associated	with	the	disposal	of	the	Content	
businesses in FY21. 

During	the	year,	Content	contributed	£0.1m	(2021:	£2.7m)	to	the	Group’s	net	operating	cash	flows	and	incurred	£0.1m	
(2021:	£10.7m	contributed)	in	respect	of	investing	and	financing	activities.

104

10 Earnings per share
The earnings per ordinary share is calculated by reference to the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders divided 
by the weighted average number of shares in issue during each period, as follows:

Continuing Operations

Profit	for	the	year

Basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Add back:

Dilutive share options

Weighted average allotted, called up and fully paid share capital

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Profit	for	the	year

Add back:

Amortisation on acquired intangibles

Acquisition costs

Restructuring costs

Financing costs

Share option costs

Tax rate changes

Tax effect

Adjusted	profit	for	year

Weighted average number of shares in issue – basic

Weighted average number of shares in issue – diluted

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

2022  
£000

5,611

2021  
£000

6,031

443,413,006 440,376,576

1.27p

1.37p

443,413,006 440,376,576

8,636,936

10,749,077

452,049,942

451,125,653

1.24p

1.34p

2022  
£000

5,611

2021  
£000

6,031

3,670

3,561

183

470

30

2,584

–

(1,533)

11,015

(134)

(90)

110

1,789

826

(1,841)

10,252

443,413,006 440,376,576

452,049,942

451,125,653

2.48p

2.44p

2.33p

2.27p

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

105

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

10 Earnings per share (continued)
Discontinued Operations

Profit	for	the	year

Basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Add back:

Dilutive share options

Weighted average allotted, called up and fully paid share capital

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Total Operations

Profit	for	the	year

Basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Add back:

Dilutive share options

Weighted average allotted, called up and fully paid share capital

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2022  
£000

(567)

2021  
£000

5,918

443,413,006 440,376,576

(0.13)p

1.34p

443,413,006 440,376,576

8,636,936

10,749,077

452,049,942

451,125,653

(0.13)p

1.31p

2022  
£000

5,044

2021  
£000

11,949

443,413,006 440,376,576

1.14p

2.71p

443,413,006 440,376,576

8,636,936

10,749,077

452,049,942

451,125,653

1.11p

2.65p

106

Adjusted earnings per share

Profit	for	the	year

Add back:

Amortisation on acquired intangibles

Acquisition costs

Restructuring costs

Financing costs

Share option costs

Tax rate changes

Tax effect

Adjusted	profit	for	year

Weighted average number of shares in issue – basic

Weighted average number of shares in issue – diluted

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

2022  
£000

5,044

3,670

183

1,037

30

2,584

–

(1,533)

11,015

2021  
£000

11,949

3,727

(134)

(6,318)

110

1,908

826

(1,911)

10,157

443,413,006 440,376,576

452,049,942

451,125,653

2.48p

2.44p

2.31p

2.25p

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

107

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

11 Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 

At 1 November 2020

Foreign exchange

Additions

Additions on acquisition

Disposals

At 31 October 2021

Foreign exchange

Additions

Disposals

At 31 October 2022

Depreciation

At 1 November 2020

Foreign exchange

Provided in the year

Depreciation of acquisition

Fair value adjustment

Disposals

At 31 October 2021

Foreign exchange

Provided in the year

Disposals

At 31 October 2022

Net book amount at 31 October 2022

Net book amount at 31 October 2021

Computer 
hardware  
£000

Fixtures, fittings 
and equipment 
£000

Library books 
and journals 
£000

4,595

(68)

1,304

325

(575)

5,581

25

914

(4)

6,516

3,502

(54)

775

283

26

(209)

4,323

23

824

(4)

5,166

1,350

1,258

1,123

(61)

4

125

(137)

1,054

4

3

(27)

1,034

1,038

(50)

22

51

24

(77)

1,008

–

22

(24)

1,006

28

46

23

–

2

–

–

25

–

1

–

26

18

–

4

–

–

–

22

–

2

–

24

2

3

Total  
£000

5,741

(129)

1,310

450

(712)

6,660

29

918

(31)

7,576

4,558

(104)

801

334

50

(286)

5,353

23

848

(28)

6,196

1,380

1,307

The Group has pledged the above assets to secure banking facilities granted to the Group.

108

12 Intangible assets

Goodwill 
£000

Customer 
relationships 
£000

Trade 
names 
£000

Software 
£000

Development 
costs  
£000

Order 
backlog 
£000

Customer 
lists 
£000

Total 
£000

Cost 

At 1 November 2020

79,728

31,958

12,593

23,058

Foreign exchange

Additions

Additions on 
acquisition

Disposals

At 31 October 2021

Foreign exchange

Additions

Additions on 
acquisition

Fair value adjustment

–

–

7,775

(4,893)

82,610

–

–

756

982

–

–

5,808

–

–

–

(2,920)

(877)

(1)

56

6,192

(906)

23,987

(88)

4,588

422

(870)

312

(10)

–

–

–

34,846

11,716

28,399

28,039

302

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

144

987

–

11

6,503

–

–

31

–

–

–

At 31 October 2022

84,348

34,846

11,716

29,530

34,553

333

Amortisation

At 1 November 2020

31,709

20,827

9,240

15,554

Foreign exchange

Amortisation for 
the year

Disposals

–

–

–

–

–

(1)

1,321

612

2,676

(2,530)

(762)

(775)

At 31 October 2021

31,709

19,618

9,090

17,454

Foreign exchange

Amortisation for 
the year

–

–

At 31 October 2022

31,709

–

–

–

1,513

21,131

423

2,285

9,513

19,739

12,342

(78)

4,226

(776)

15,714

11

4,766

20,491

Carrying amount at 
31 October 2022

Carrying amount at 
31 October 2021

52,639

13,715

2,203

9,791

14,062

50,901

15,228

2,626

10,945

12,325

Average remaining amortisation period (years)

31 October 2022

31 October 2021

n/a

n/a

9.1

12.0

5.2

4.3

4.3

3.8

3.0

2.9

312

(10)

–

–

302

31

–

333

–

–

–

–

278

171,914

(18)

(117)

–

–

4,644

20,197

(260)

(10,726)

–

–

–

–

–

–

185,912

42

6,647

1,743

982

195,326

278

90,262

(18)

(107)

–

8,835

(260)

(5,103)

93,887

42

8,987

102,916

92,410

92,025

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

During the year, goodwill and intangibles were reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36, ‘Impairment of 
Assets’. An impairment charge of £Nil (2021: £Nil) was processed in the year.

Fair	value	adjustments	are	in	relation	to	the	finalisation	of	acquisition	accounting	in	respect	of	exeGesIS	Spatial	Data	
Management Ltd. Further information on these fair value adjustments is provided in note 26.

Impairment test for goodwill
For this review, goodwill was allocated to individual Cash Generating Units (CGUs) on the basis of the Group’s operations 
as disclosed in the segmental analysis. As the Board reviews results on a segmental level, the Group monitors goodwill 
on the same basis. 

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

109

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

12 Intangible assets (continued)
Impairment test for goodwill continued
The carrying value of goodwill by each CGU is as follows:

Cash Generating Units

Public Sector Software (PSS)

Engineering Information Management (EIM)

2022  
£000

2021  
£000

42,665

9,974

52,639

40,927

9,974

50,901

The recoverable amount of all CGUs has been determined using value-in-use calculations. These calculations use pre-
tax	cash	flow	projections	based	on	financial	budgets	approved	by	management	covering	the	next	five	financial	years.	
The	key	assumptions	used	in	the	financial	budgets	relate	to	revenue	and	EBITDA	growth	targets.	Cash	flows	beyond	this	
period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. Growth rates are reviewed in line with historic 
actuals to ensure reasonableness and are based on an increase in market share. 

For	value-in-use	calculations,	the	growth	rates	and	margins	used	to	estimate	future	performance	are	based	on	financial	
year 2023 budgets (as approved by the Board) which is management’s best estimate of short-term performance 
based on an assessment of market opportunities and macro-economic conditions. In the year to 31 October 2022, the 
Weighted	Average	Cost	of	Capital	for	each	CGU	has	been	used	as	an	appropriate	discount	rate	to	apply	to	cash	flows.	
The same basis was used in the year to 31 October 2021.

The assumptions used for the value-in-use calculations are as follows and are considered appropriate for each of the 
risk	profiles	of	the	respective	CGUs:

Cash Generating Units

PSS

EIM

Discount rate 
Current year

Compound 
Annual Growth 
Rate

Long term 
growth rate 
Current year

Discount rate 
Prior year

Growth rate 
Prior year

15.9%

16.9%

14.8%

11.7%

2.2%

2.2%

12.4%

13.5%

1.7%

1.7%

Individual Weighted Average Costs of Capital were calculated for each CGU and adjusted for the market’s assessment of 
the	risks	attaching	to	each	CGUs	cash	flows.	The	Weighted	Average	Cost	of	Capital	is	recalculated	at	each	period	end.	

Management considered the level of intangible assets within the Group in comparison to the future budgets and have 
processed an impairment charge of £Nil within the year (2021: £Nil). 

Management	have	specifically	considered	the	past	financial	performance	of	the	EIM	CGU	which	has	seen	revenue	
decreases following market challenges in the Oil and Gas sectors. Reported EIM revenues have also been impacted 
by	the	non-renewal	of	some	existing	customers	in	the	first	half	of	the	year.	However,	the	business	closed	some	new	
contracts	in	the	second	half	of	the	year	which	did	not	have	a	significant	impact	in	year	but	FY23	will	benefit	from	the	
full year impact. Management anticipates a return to revenue growth in FY23 as a result of the high levels of recurring 
revenue going into the year and a strong pipeline. In the event the EIM CGU does not achieve revenue growth in FY23 
as anticipated,	this	may	give	rise	to	an	impairment	in	the	carrying	value	of	the	EIM	CGU	assets.

The Group has conducted sensitivity analysis on the impairment test of each CGU and the group of units carrying value. 
Sensitivities	have	been	run	on	the	discount	rate	applied	and	management	are	satisfied	that	a	reasonable	increase	in	the	
discount rate used would not lead to the carrying amount of each CGU exceeding the recoverable amount.

Sensitivities	have	been	conducted	on	cash	flow	forecasts	for	all	CGUs	EBITDA	by	10%.	Management	are	satisfied	that	this	
change would not lead to the carrying amount of each CGU exceeding the recoverable amount. Sensitivities have also been 
conducted	on	cash	flow	forecasts	for	all	CGUs	reducing	the	growth	rate	to	0%.	Management	are	satisfied	that	this	change	
would not lead to the carrying amount of each CGU exceeding the recoverable amount.

In relation to EIM, in the event a combination of all the sensitivities occurs, this would give rise to an impairment if the scenarios 
gave rise to a 21% reduction in our forecast projections; however, the Directors have concluded the likelihood of this is remote.

Management have further considered the CGUs for which prior period impairments were recorded to reduce the value-in-use of 
those CGUs to their recoverable amount, and how such carrying values are subject to the current year sensitivities noted above. 

Whilst the current year impairment reviews and sensitivities have not provided any indicators of further impairment 
on these assets, management have considered whether a reversal of the prior period impairment is required and 
concluded this is not appropriate at this time due to the ongoing transformation and improvement of those businesses.

110

13 Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarised as follows: 

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities (non-current)

The movement in the year in the net deferred tax provision was as follows:

At 1 November

Credit to income for the year

Adjustment for changes in rate

Adjustment to prior year provision

Balance sheet reallocations

Arising on acquisition

At 31 October

2022  
£000

2,679

(6,086)

(3,407)

2022  
£000

(2,956)

775

141

(66)

74

(1,375)

(3,407)

2021  
£000

2,623

(5,579)

(2,956)

2021  
£000

(2,796)

1,553

(826)

577

(20)

(1,444)

(2,956)

The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year is as follows:

Share-based 
payments 
£000

Other 
temporary 
differences 
£000

Losses 
carried 
forward  
£000

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£000

IFRS 15  
£000

Total deferred 
tax asset 
£000

At 1 November 2020

Acquisitions

Credit / (charge) to income

At 31 October 2021

At 1 November 2021

(Charge) / credit to income

At 31 October 2022

454

–

1,180

1,634

1,634

(167)

1,467

90

103

(152)

41

41

(9)

32

–

203

–

203

203

1

204

99

–

302

401

401

374

775

468

–

(124)

344

344

(143)

201

1,111

306

1,206

2,623

2,623

56

2,679

At 1 November 2020

Acquisitions

(Charge) / credit to income

At 31 October 2021

At 1 November 2021

Acquisitions

Credit to income

At 31 October 2022

Other temporary 
differences 
£000

Acquired 
intangibles 
£000

Associated 
deferred 
tax asset 
recognised 
£000

Total deferred 
tax liability 
£000

–

–

(14)

(14)

(14)

–

14

–

(4,011)

(1,750)

196

(5,565)

(5,565)

(1,375)

854

(6,086)

104

–

(104)

–

–

–

–

–

(3,907)

(1,750)

78

(5,579)

(5,579)

(1,375)

868

(6,086)

Deferred	tax	is	recognised	where	there	is	evidence	that	there	will	be	sufficient	future	profitability	of	Group	companies	
in the required jurisdictions to utilise the unrelieved losses or timing difference that gives rise to the deferred tax. 
Such	evidence	includes	profitability	of	these	companies	in	the	year,	and	an	estimate	on	future	profitability	based	on	
budgeted	future	financial	performance.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

111

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

14 Financial assets and liabilities
Categories of financial assets and liabilities 
The disclosures detailed below are as required by IFRS 7 – Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The carrying amounts 
presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet relate to the following categories of assets and liabilities:

Financial assets

Financial assets measured at amortised cost:

Current:

Trade receivables, net

Other receivables

Contract receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:

Non-current:

Bonds in issue

Bank borrowings

Current:

Trade and other payables

Other liabilities

Provisions

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss:

Non-current:

Other liabilities*

Current:

Other liabilities*

Note

2022  
£000

2021  
£000

15

15

15

16

Note

20

21

17

18

19

18

18

5,555

2,788

6,521

13,864

28,728

2022
£000

11,325

9,201

20,526

6,811

1,608

453

8,872

–

–

2,271

2,271

6,344

3,682

4,808

18,283

33,117

2021
£000

10,998

15,394

26,392

8,075

2,459

1,433

11,967

841

841

2,070

2,070

* 

 Hierarchy 3 being inputs for the asset or liability which are not based on observable market data. The liability relates to deferred consideration on the 
acquisition of Aligned Assets Limited and exeGesIS Spatial Data Management Ltd, in both the current and prior year.

The	Group’s	financial	liabilities	per	the	fair	value	hierarchy	classifications	under	IFRS	13	–	Financial	Instruments:	
Disclosures’, are described below:

Category 
of financial 
liability

Contingent 
consideration 
due on 
acquisitions

Fair value at 
31 October 
2022  
£000

Level in 
hierarchy

Description of  
valuation technique

Inputs used for  
financial model

2,271

3

Based on future revenue and 
probability that vendor will 
meet obligations under sale 
and purchase agreement

Management estimate on 
probability and timescale 
of vendors meeting revenue 
targets	specified	in	sale	and	
purchase agreement

Total losses 
recognised in 
profit or loss 
£000

(80)

There have been no changes to valuation techniques in the year.

112

15 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables, gross

Allowance for credit losses

Trade receivables, net

Other receivables

Contract receivables

Financial assets

Prepayments 

Non-financial	assets

Trade and other receivables due within one year

2022  
£000

5,560

(5)

5,555

2,788

6,521

14,864

3,048

3,048

17,912

2021  
£000

6,414

(70)

6,344

3,682

4,808

14,834

2,134

2,134

16,968

Total trade receivables (net of allowances) held by the Group at 31 October 2022 amounted to £5,555,000 (2021: £6,344,000).

The carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value, which has been calculated based 
on expectations of debt recovery, impairment provision calculations are based on historic performances.

The following table sets out expected credit losses of gross trade receivables at 31 October. In addition to the expected 
credit	losses	below,	an	increase	of	£5,000	(2021:	increase	£70,000)	of	specific	bad	debts	have	been	included	within	
the expected credit losses balance that the Group has deemed prudent to provide for.

2022

Expected credit loss rate

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Not past 
due

1-30 days 
past due

31-60 days 
past due

61-90 days 
past due

>90 days 
past due

Total

Expected total gross carrying amount at 
default (£000)

Lifetime ECL at 31 October 2022

2021

4,497

–

618

–

93

–

123

–

229

–

5,560

–

Expected credit loss rate

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Expected total gross carrying amount at 
default (£000)

Lifetime ECL 31 October 2021

5,170

–

664

–

222

–

193

–

165

–

6,414

–

We have no expected credit loss scenarios in respect of our contract assets which are in respect of local authority entities.

Trade receivables are reviewed regularly for impairment and judgement made as to any likely impairment based on 
historic trends and the latest communication with customers.

Contract receivables represent work completed and delivered to the customer but due to the contractual payment 
terms have not yet been invoiced. £5,479,000 (2021: £5,415,000) of the gross balance, before net off, is in relation to 
deferred	payment	deals	on	local	authority	contracts,	which	typically	have	three	to	five	year	payment	terms.	

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

113

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

15 Trade and other receivables (continued)
All of the closing Group trade receivables are in UK sterling with the exception of:

Euros

Australian Dollars

US Dollars

Canadian Dollars

2022

2021

€517,515

€960,350

AUD37,400

AUD42,698

$711,841

$901,553

CAD7,688 CAD472,632

Credit quality of financial assets
The maximum exposure for the Group to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by type of customer was:

Local authorities and other public bodies

Private companies

The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date for the Group was:

Not past due

Past due 0 to 30 days

Past due 31 to 60 days

More than 60 days

Gross
2022
£000

4,497

618

93

352

5,560

Impairment
2022
£000

–

–

–

5

5

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables for the Group were as follows:

At 1 November 

Charge for the year

Utilised

At 31 October 

2022  
£000

3,755

1,805

5,560

Gross
2021
£000

4,766

777

323

548

6,414

2022  
£000

70

10

(75)

5

2021  
£000

3,991

2,423

6,414

Impairment
2021
£000

–

–

–

70

70

2021  
£000

148

125

(203)

70

The provision allowance in respect of trade receivables is used to record impairment losses unless the Group is 
satisfied	that	no	recovery	of	the	amount	owing	is	possible.	At	that	point,	the	amounts	are	considered	irrecoverable	and	
are written off against the trade receivable directly. Where trade receivables are past due, an assessment is made of 
individual customers and the outstanding balance. 

16 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	per	cash	flow	statements

The credit quality of the holders of the cash at bank is BBB+ and BBB rated. 

2022  
£000

13,864

13,864

2021  
£000

18,283

18,283

114

 
17 Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals

2022  
£000

3,469

3,342

6,811

2021  
£000

2,404

5,671

8,075

The carrying values of trade and other payables are considered to be reasonable approximations of fair value. Accruals 
represent liabilities which have been recognised at the balance sheet date. The majority of these will be paid during the 
next six months.

18 Other liabilities

Social security and other taxes

Other payables – deferred consideration

Other payables

Contract liabilities

Other Liabilities payable within one year

Other payables – deferred consideration

Contract liabilities

Other Liabilities payable after one year

2022  
£000

2021  
£000

1,906

2,271

1,608

19,937

25,722

–

1,038

1,038

2,852

2,070

2,459

18,236

25,617

841

949

1,790

The Group has deferred VAT of £Nil as at 31 October 2022 (2021: £1.0m).

Contract liabilities represents software revenue, where billing milestones have been reached but the appropriate 
proportion of work has not been completed, and maintenance, managed service and subscription revenues that are 
spread over the period, typically one year, for which the service is supplied. Of the £19,185,000 contract liabilities 
present at 31 October 2021, £18,236,000 has been recognised as revenue in FY22.

19 Provisions

At 1 November 

Provision made during the year

Provision utilised during the year

At 31 October 

2022  
£000

1,433

473

(1,453)

453

The constituent parts of the provision at 31 October is as follows:

Holidays earned but not yet taken by employees

Costs associated with previous properties

Other items

2021  
£000

557

646

230

1,433

Provisions 
made in year 
£000

Provisions 
utilised in year 
£000

453

–

20

473

(557)

(646)

(250)

(1,453)

2021  
£000

1,873

806

(1,246)

1,433

2022  
£000

453

–

–

453

Other items include provisions made in respect of various operational items. Of the full provision, £453,000 is expected 
to be payable during the year ending 31 October 2023. Of the prior year provision (£1,433,000) £1,433,000 was payable 
within one year. 

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

115

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

20 Bonds in issue
Bonds in issue are measured at amortised cost. 

130,000 bonds at €100 each

2022  
£000

11,325

11,325

2021  
£000

10,998

10,998

The bonds were acquired following the acquisition of 6PM Holdings plc. The bonds were issued in 2015 at a nominal 
value of €100 each bearing interest at 5.1% per annum. They are redeemable at par value in 2025. Interest on the bonds 
is paid annually in arrears in July. 

The	bonds	are	listed	on	the	Official	Companies	List	of	the	Malta	Stock	Exchange.	At	31	October	2022	the	bond	was	
trading at 101% which equates to a fair value of £11,525,000.

21 Borrowings
All borrowings are held at amortised cost and after set-off for unamortised loan facility fees:

Current:

Bank borrowings

Non-current:

Bank borrowings

Total borrowings

2022  
£000

2021  
£000

–

–

9,201

9,201

15,394

15,394

116

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities:

As at 1 November 2020

Cash movements:

Payments on lease liability

Repayment of borrowings

New loans

Non-cash movements:

Lease liability additions

Movement in lease interest

Lease liability disposal

Movement in amortisation

Movement in foreign exchange rate

Movement in EIR Adjustment 

As at 31 October 2021

Cash movements:

Payments on lease liability

Repayment of borrowings

New loans

Non-cash movements:

Lease liability additions

Movement in lease interest

Lease liability disposal

Movement in amortisation

Movement in foreign exchange rate

Movement in EIR Adjustment 

As at 31 October 2022

Lease liability 
£000

Bonds in issue 
£000

Long-term 
borrowings 
£000

Short-term 
borrowings 
£000

Total  
£000

3,883

 11,848

35,052 

– 

50,783

(1,154)

–

–

1,216

134

(1,525)

–

(80)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(734)

(116)

2,474

10,998

(927)

–

–

165

95

–

–

3

–

1,810

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

300

27

11,325

–

(35,000)

15,600

–

–

–

(14)

–

(244)

15,394

(9,100)

2,500

–

–

–

119

–

288

9,201

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,154)

(35,000)

15,600

1,216

134

(1,525)

(14)

(814)

(360)

28,866

(927)

(9,100)

2,500

165

95

–

119

303

315

22,336

It was announced on 7 October 2021 that the Group had extended its facility with the National Westminster Bank plc, 
Silicon Valley Bank and Santander UK plc for an additional 18 months to June 2024. The Group also transitioned from 
LIBOR to SONIA at this point. At the balance sheet date, the facilities consist of a revolving credit facility of £35m and 
£10m accordion facility (2021: £35m revolving credit facility and £10m accordion facility).

During the period the loan was held, the average interest rate was 2.98% (2021: 2.48%). 

There are unamortised loan fees of £199,000 (2021: £318,000) at the balance sheet date. 

An accounting adjustment of £288,000 (2021: (£244,000)) has been processed during the period to take into account 
the effective rate of interest on the bank facilities. 

As	security	for	the	above	loans,	National	Westminster	Bank	plc,	Silicon	Valley	Bank	and	Santander	UK	plc	hold	a	fixed	
and	floating	charge	over	the	assets	of	Idox	plc	and	certain	subsidiaries,	a	guarantee	supported	by	Idox	plc	and	certain	
subsidiaries and a share pledge in respect of the entire issued share capital of each subsidiary company.

The	Directors	estimate	that	the	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	borrowing	is	not	significantly	different	to	the	carrying	value.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

117

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

22 Risk management objectives and policies
The	Group’s	principal	financial	instruments	comprise	cash	and	cash	equivalents,	short-term	deposits,	bonds	and	
bank	borrowings.	The	main	purpose	of	these	financial	instruments	is	to	finance	the	Group’s	operations.	The	Group	
has	other	financial	instruments,	which	mainly	comprise	trade	receivables	and	trade	payables	that	arise	directly	from	
its operations.

Risk	management	is	carried	out	by	the	finance	department	under	policies	approved	by	the	Board.	The	Group’s	finance	
department	identifies,	evaluates	and	manages	financial	risks.	

The Board provides guidance on overall risk management including foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit 
risk	and	investment	of	excess	liquidity.	The	Board	has	evaluated	the	risks	and	is	satisfied	that	the	risk	management	
objectives are met.

The impact of the risks required to be discussed under IFRS 7 are detailed below:

Market risk
(i) Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are denominated in 
a currency that is not the functional currency of the operations. The Group has minimal exposure to foreign exchange 
risk as a result of natural hedges arising between sales and cost transactions.

(ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk in respect of cash balances held with banks and other highly rated counterparties.

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from its borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to 
cash	flow	interest	rate	risk.	Borrowings	issued	at	fixed	rates	expose	the	Group	to	fair	value	interest	rate	risk.	During	2022	
and 2021, all the Group’s borrowings at variable rates were denominated in UK Sterling. The average interest rate during 
the year ended 31 October 2022 was 2.98% (2021: 2.48%). Interest payable in the year was £436,000 (2021: £456,000). 
If the average interest rate during the year had been 1% different, this would have had an impact of £146,000 (2021: 
£184,000) on the interest payable during the year. 

Credit risk
The	Group’s	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	is	limited	to	the	carrying	amount	of	financial	assets	recognised	at	the	
reporting date, as summarised below:

Classes of financial assets – carrying amounts

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Contract receivables

Other receivables

Financial assets

 2022  
£000

13,864

5,555

6,521

2,788

28,728

2021  
£000

18,283

6,344

4,808

3,682

33,117

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risks arise from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with 
banks	and	financial	institutions,	as	well	as	credit	exposures	to	customers,	including	outstanding	receivables	and	
committed transactions.

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. It is the policy of the Group to present the 
amounts in the balance sheet net of allowances for doubtful receivables, estimated by the Group’s management based 
on prior experience and the current economic environment. The Group reviews the reliability of its customers on a 
regular basis and these reviews take into account the nature of the Group’s trading history with the customer.

The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the majority of funds are held with banks with high credit-ratings 
assigned by international credit-rating agencies. Management does not expect any losses from non-performance of 
these counterparties.

None	of	the	Group’s	financial	assets	are	secured	by	collateral	or	other	credit	enhancements.

118

Liquidity risk
The Group closely monitors its access to bank and other credit facilities in comparison to its outstanding commitments 
on	a	regular	basis,	to	ensure	that	it	has	sufficient	funds	to	meet	obligations	of	the	Group	as	they	fall	due.

The	Board	receives	regular	debt	management	forecasts,	which	estimate	the	cash	inflows	and	outflows	over	the	next	
twelve	months,	so	that	management	can	ensure	that	sufficient	financing	is	in	place	as	it	is	required.	

Detailed analysis of the debt facilities taken out and available to the Group are disclosed in note 21.

As	at	31	October	2022,	the	Group’s	financial	liabilities	have	contractual	maturities	(including	interest	payments	where	
applicable) as summarised below:

Current

Non-current

Within 1 month 
£000

1 – 3 months 
£000

3 – 12 months 
£000

1 – 5 years 
£000

Later than 5 
years £000

Bonds in issue

Bank borrowings

Trade and other payables

–

30

6,541

–

63

270

582

276

–

12,489

9,633

–

–

–

–

This	compares	to	the	maturity	of	the	Group’s	financial	liabilities	in	the	previous	reporting	period	as	follows:

Current

Non-current

Within 1 month 
£000

1 – 3 months 
£000

3 – 12 months 
£000

1 – 5 years 
£000

Later than 5 
years £000

Bonds in issue

Bank borrowings

Trade and other payables

–

27

7,245

–

55

830

567

243

–

12,698

16,243

–

–

–

–

The	above	amounts	reflect	the	contractual	undiscounted	cash	flows,	which	may	differ	from	the	carrying	values	of	the	
liabilities at the reporting date.

Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, in 
order	to	provide	returns	for	shareholders	and	benefits	for	other	stakeholders,	and	to	maintain	an	optimal	capital	structure	
to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of 
dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debts.

Capital for the reporting periods under review is summarised as follows:

Total equity

Less unrestricted cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

Total equity

Bonds in issue (note 20)

Borrowings (note 21)

2022  
£000

67,416

(13,864)

53,552

67,416

11,325

9,201

87,942

2021  
£000

60,810

(18,283)

42,527

60,810

10,998

15,394

87,202

Capital-to-overall-financing	ratio

0.61

0.49

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

119

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

23 Share capital

Authorised:

650,000,000 ordinary shares of 1p each 

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

As at 1 November 

Issued and allotted during the year

452,523,888 ordinary shares of 1p each (2021: 446,864,792)

2022  
£000

2021  
£000

6,500

6,500

4,469

56

4,525

4,450

19

4,469

Movement in issued share capital in the year
During the year to 31 October 2022, 15 employees exercised share options across 24 separate exercises. To satisfy the 
exercise of these transactions, the Company issued and allotted 4,844,764 new ordinary shares of 1p each. 

The	Company	has	one	class	of	ordinary	share	which	carries	no	right	to	fixed	income.

At 31 October 2022, there were 3,809,016 (2021: 3,451,301) shares in issue under ESOP. During the year, the average issue 
share price was 65p (2021: 63p).

At 31 October 2022, there were 1,426,219 (2021: 1,426,219) shares held in treasury.

24 Share options 
The Company has an unapproved share option scheme for all employees (including Directors). All share options are 
exercisable at a price equal to the average market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant. The vesting 
period is typically annually from the date of grant, and at the discretion of the Board. Per the contractual agreements, 
the options are settled in equity once exercised.

An	Employee	Share	Investment	Trust	is	in	place	to	allow	employees	a	tax	efficient	way	of	investing	in	the	Company.	The	
Company purchases matching shares which become the property of the employee after a three-year vesting period. 

Details of all share options over 1p Ordinary shares, falling within the measurement and recognition criteria of IFRS 2 – 
Share-based Payment and forming part of the unapproved share scheme, including their contractual life and exercise 
prices, are as follows:

At start of 
year

90,000

125,000

585,500

800,500

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

At end  
of year

Exercise 
price

Exercise date 
from

Exercise date 
to

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

90,000

125,000

585,500

800,500

39.00p

50.00p

1.00p

Jul 2014

Apr 2016

Mar 2019

Jun 2024

Apr 2026

Mar 2029

The following table sets out the number of share options and associated weighted average exercise price (WAEP) 
outstanding during the year:

2022

2021

No. WAEP Pence

No. WAEP Pence

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

800,500

12.92

1,925,500

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

–

–

800,500

800,500

–

–

12.92

12.92

(475,000)

(650,000)

800,500

800,500

31.68

45.39

44.77

12.92

12.92

120

The share options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 5 years. The 
share options exercised during the year had a weighted average exercise price of £Nil and a weighted average market 
price of £Nil.

The Group recognised a total charge of £Nil (2021: £Nil) for equity-settled share-based payment transactions related 
to the unapproved share option scheme during the year. The charge of £Nil (2021: £Nil) related to share options granted 
and £Nil (2021: £Nil) related to share options exercised. 

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
During the year, 6,460,939 options were granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

The Group recognised a total charge of £2,583,737 (2021: £1,908,150) for equity-settled share-based payment 
transactions related to the LTIP during the year. The total cost was in relation to outstanding share options and share 
options granted in the year. The weighted average exercise price of options exercised in the year was £Nil (2021: £Nil).

The number of options in the LTIP scheme is as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Forfeited

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2022  
No.

 2021  
No.

15,557,052

12,435,871

6,460,939

4,800,709

(194,375)

(265,345)

(4,844,764)

(1,414,183)

16,978,852

15,557,052

6,034,065

5,301,163

The	fair	values	were	calculated	using	the	modified	Black-Scholes	option	pricing	method	and	the	following	information:

Date of issue

Feb 22

Apr 22

Apr 22

Sep 22

Number 
granted  
No.

4,646,758

735,294

80,206

998,681

6,460,939

Weighted 
average 
share price 
Pence

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price  
Pence

Expected 
volatility  
%

Expected  
life  
Years

Risk free  
rate  
%

Weighted 
average fair 
value at  
grant date  
£

67.5

63.2

62.5

67.0

–

–

–

–

45

45

45

45

5

5

5

5

1.36

1.87

2.09

2.90

0.557

0.507

0.500

0.565

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

121

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

25 Leases 

Right-of-use-assets

Cost 

At 1 November 2020

Foreign exchange

Additions

Additions on acquisition

Disposals

At 1 November 2021

Foreign exchange

Additions

At 31 October 2022

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 November 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 1 November 2021

Charge for the year

Foreign exchange

At 31 October 2022

Carrying amount at 31 October 2022

Carrying amount at 31 October 2021

Buildings  
£000

Cars  
£000

Equipment 
£000

3,835

(80)

461

669

(1,380)

3,505

21

165

3,691

837

789

(383)

(25)

1,218

673

18

1,909

1,782

2,287

658

(33)

72

–

(697)

–

–

–

–

227

101

(313)

(15)

–

–

–

–

–

–

447

(7)

–

–

(134)

306

–

–

306

150

131

(49)

(2)

230

76

–

306

–

76

Total  
£000

4,940

(120)

533

669

(2,211)

3,811

21

165

3,997

1,214

1,021

(745)

(42)

1,448

749

18

2,215

1,782

2,363

The Group leases several assets including; buildings, and IT equipment. The average lease term is 5 years. 

None	of	the	leases	for	property,	cars	and	equipment	expired	in	the	current	financial	year.	This	resulted	in	£Nil	of	the	
£165,000 additions to right-of-use-assets in FY22.

The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is presented below.

Amounts recognised in profit and loss

Depreciation expense on right-of-use-assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities

2022  
£000

 2021  
£000

749

95

844

1,021

134

1,155

122

Lease liabilities

Analysed as:

Non-current

Current

Maturity analysis:

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Onwards

Impact of discounting

Carrying value

2022  
£000

2021  
£000

1,265

545

1,810

1,747

727

2,474

2022  
£000

2021  
£000

636

375

307

299

218

148

773

607

376

311

300

386

1,983

2,753

(173)

(279)

1,810

2,474

The	Group	does	not	face	significant	liquidity	risk	with	regard	to	its	lease	liabilities.	Lease	liabilities	are	monitored	within	
the Group’s treasury function.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

123

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the accounts continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

26 Acquisitions
LandHawk
On 1 October 2022, the Group acquired the entire share capital of LandHawk Software Services Limited. 

LandHawk	allows	clients	to	identify	off-market	land	opportunities	effectively	and	efficiently	by	bringing	together	
geospatial intelligence in a user-friendly cloud-native software solution. Whilst allowing clients to complete 
development feasibility studies, LandHawk also provides GIS data directly to clients for use in their own applications, 
alongside a managed service to support clients in sourcing off-market land. This customer base provides new market 
opportunities for Idox and is a complimentary extension of its existing local authority land and property base.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of LandHawk has been capitalised and consists largely of the value of the synergies 
and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of LandHawk with Idox. None of the goodwill 
recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase of LandHawk has been accounted 
for using	the	acquisition	method	of	accounting.

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Cash at bank

Total Assets

Trade payables

Other liabilities 

Contract liabilities

Social security and other taxes

Deferred tax liability

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Purchased software capitalised

Total consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash to vendor

Earnout consideration

Book value 
£000

Fair value 
£000

13

7

25

45

(16)

(48)

(10)

(50)

(247)

(371)

13

7

25

45

(7)

(48)

(10)

(50)

(247)

(362)

(317)

756

987

1,426

1,050

376

1,426

The revenue included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income since 1 October 2021 contributed by 
LandHawk was £4,000. LandHawk also made a loss after tax of £14,000 for the same period. If LandHawk had been 
included	from	1	November	2021,	it	would	have	contributed	£71,000	to	Group	revenue	and	a	profit	after	tax	of	£11,000.

Acquisition costs of £56,000 have been written off in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

exeGesIS
During the year there has been further fair value adjustment in respect of the acquisition of exeGesIS Spatial Data 
Management Limited. The adjustment totalled £982,000.

Adjustments were processed to ensure pre-acquisition related costs were recognised in the correct period. This resulted 
in an adjustment of (£33,000) in respect of working capital movements and £1,015,000 in respect of tax adjustments.

124

27 Capital commitments
There were no material Group capital commitments at 31 October 2022 or 31 October 2021. 

28 Contingent liabilities 
There were no material Group contingent liabilities at 31 October 2022 or 31 October 2021.

29 Related party transactions
Compensation paid to key management (which comprises the Executive Management Team and the Board) of the Group:

Salaries	and	other	short-term	employee	benefits	including	NIC

Post-employment	benefits

Share-based payments

2022  
£000

3,183

80

1,310

4,573

2021  
£000

3,364

74

1,375

4,813

During the year ended 31 October 2022, one of the Directors and two members of the Executive Management Team 
exercised share options resulting in a taxable gain of £2,370,189. No Directors and three members of the Executive 
Management Team exercised share options resulting in a taxable gain of £498,736 in the year ended 31 October 2021. 

Details of the remuneration for each Director are included in the Report on Remuneration, which can be found on pages 
58 to 59 but does not form part of the audited accounts.

30 Post balance sheet events
There have been no post balance sheet events which had a material impact on the Group.

Financial statements | Notes to the accounts

125

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Company balance sheet
As at 31 October 2022

There have been no post balance sheet events which had a material impact on the Group.

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Investments

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Debtors: falling due within one year

Cash at bank and in hand

Total current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Note

2022
£000

2021
£000

6

7

115,175

115,175

110,960

110,960

1,320

1

1,321

1,675

1

1,676

116,496

112,636

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

8

(43,331)

(30,374)

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

(42,010)

(28,698)

73,165

82,262

Creditors amounts falling due after more than one year

9

(9,201)

(16,235)

Total liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital

Capital redemption reserve

Share premium account

Other reserve

Treasury reserve

Share option reserve

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ funds

10

(52,532)

(46,609)

63,964

66,027

4,525

1,112

41,556

7,451

(594)

4,813

5,101

4,469

1,112

41,556

7,495

(594)

3,959

8,030

63,964

66,027

The parent Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not included its 
own	profit	and	loss	account	in	these	financial	statements.	The	parent	Company’s	loss	for	the	year	was	£3,246,000	
(2021: £1,225,000	profit).

The	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	authorised	for	issue	on	25	January	2023	and	
are signed	on	its	behalf	by:

David Meaden 
Chief Executive Officer 

Anoop Kang
Chief Financial Officer

The	accompanying	accounting	policies	and	notes	form	an	integral	part	of	these	Company	financial	statements.

Company name: Idox plc 
Company number: 03984070

126

 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
As at 31 October 2022

Called-
up share 
capital
£000

Capital
redemption 
reserve
£000

Share 
premium 
account
£000

Other 
reserve
£000

Treasury 
reserve
£000

Share 
option
reserve
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

Balance at 1 November 2020

4,450

1,112

41,356

6,234

(621)

2,615

7,601

62,747

Issue of share capital

Share options reserve 
movement

Exercise of options 

Lapse of options 

Fair value of deferred 
consideration shares on 
purchase of subsidiary

Equity dividends paid

Transactions with owners

Profit	for	the	year

Total	comprehensive	profit 
for the year

Balance at 31 October 2021

Issue of share capital

Share options reserve 
movement

Exercise of options 

Exercise of deferred 
consideration shares

Fair value of deferred 
consideration shares on 
purchase of subsidiary

Equity dividends paid

Transactions with owners

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive loss 
for the year

19

–

–

–

–

–

19

–

–

4,469

56

–

–

–

–

–

56

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,261

–

1,261

–

–

–

–

27

–

–

–

27

–

–

–

1,894

(465)

(85)

–

–

–

535

–

–

219

1,894

97

(85)

1,261

(1,331)

(1,331)

1,344

(796)

2,055

–

–

1,225

1,225

1,225

1,225

1,112

41,556

7,495

(594)

3,959

8,030

66,027

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(420)

376

–

(44)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,535

–

–

56

2,535

(1,681)

1,681

–

–

420

–

–

–

–

376

(1,784)

(1,784)

854

317

1,183

–

–

(3,246)

(3,246)

(3,246)

(3,246)

Balance at 31 October 2022

4,525

1,112

41,556

7,451

(594)

4,813

5,101

63,964

Financial statements | Company statement of changes in equity

127

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the company financial statements
For the year ended 31 October 2022

1 Company information
Idox plc is a company which is incorporated and domiciled in the UK, which is its principal place of business. The 
address	of	its	registered	office	is	2nd	Floor,	1310	Waterside,	Arlington	Business	Park,	Theale,	Reading,	RG7	4SA.	The	
registered number of the Company is 03984070.

2 Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
These	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	applicable	accounting	standards	and	in	accordance	
with Financial Reporting Standard 101 – ‘The Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (FRS 101). The principal accounting 
policies	adopted	in	preparation	of	these	financial	statements	are	set	out	below.	These	policies	have	all	been	applied	
consistently throughout the year unless otherwise stated.

The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention.

These	financial	statements	are	separate	financial	statements	for	Idox	plc,	the	Company.	

The	financial	statements	are	prepared	in	pounds	sterling.

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In	preparing	these	financial	statements	the	Company	has	taken	advantage	of	all	disclosure	exemptions	conferred	by	
FRS	101.	Therefore,	these	financial	statements	do	not	include:

•  A	statement	of	cash	flows	and	related	notes.

•  Disclosure of key management personnel compensation.

•  Certain disclosures in relation to share based payments.

•  Disclosures in relation to impairment of assets.

•  The effect of future accounting standards not adopted.

•  The requirements of IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures.

•  The requirements of paragraphs 91-99 of IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement.

•  The requirements of paragraphs 10(d), 10(f), 16, 38A to 38D, 40A to 40D, 111 and 134-136 of IAS 1 Presentation of 

Financial Statements.

Judgements and estimates 
Management assess critical judgements and estimates in line with the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) guidance. The 
Directors	are	required	to	make	judgements	(other	than	those	involving	estimations)	that	have	a	significant	impact	on	
the amounts recognised and to make estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
that are not easily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the 
revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Management does not consider there to be any items to involve key assumptions and other key sources of estimation 
uncertainty	at	the	balance	sheet	date	that	would	have	a	significant	risk	of	causing	a	material	adjustment	to	the	carrying	
amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	within	the	next	financial	year.

128

Share based payment
All goods and services received in exchange for the grant of any share-based payment are measured at their fair values. 
Where employees are rewarded using share-based payments, the fair values of employees’ services are determined 
indirectly by reference to the fair value of the instrument granted to the employee. This fair value is appraised at the grant 
date	and	excludes	the	impact	of	non-market	vesting	conditions	(for	example,	profitability	and	sales	growth	targets).

Employees to whom share options have been granted provide their services in subsidiary companies of Idox plc. All 
equity-settled	share-based	payments	are	recognised	as	an	expense	in	the	profit	and	loss	account	of	the	relevant	
subsidiary company. In Idox plc, the cost is allocated to investments in subsidiaries.

If vesting periods or other non-market vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated over the vesting period, based 
on the best available estimate of the number of share options expected to vest. Estimates are revised subsequently 
if there is any indication that the number of share options expected to vest differs from previous estimates. Any 
cumulative adjustment prior to vesting is recognised in the current period. No adjustment is made to any expense 
recognised in prior periods if share options that have vested are not exercised.

Upon exercise of share options, the proceeds received net of attributable transaction costs are credited to reserves.

Investments
Fixed asset investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less provision for impairment. If there is a 
subsequent change in the total consideration paid, such as a refund received from the seller, then the Company will 
recognise an adjustment to the acquisition price which will reduce the cost, and consequently the net book value, of 
that investment. 

Financial instruments
Financial	liabilities	and	equity	instruments	are	classified	according	to	the	substance	of	the	contractual	arrangements	
entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the entity after 
deducting	all	of	its	financial	liabilities.

Where	the	contractual	obligations	of	financial	instruments	(including	share	capital)	are	equivalent	to	a	similar	debt	
instrument,	those	financial	instruments	are	classed	as	financial	liabilities.	Financial	liabilities	are	presented	as	such	in	
the balance sheet. 

Share capital is classed as an equity instrument where the contractual terms do not have any terms meeting the 
definition	of	a	financial	liability.	Dividends	and	distributions	relating	to	equity	instruments	are	debited	direct	to	equity.

Interest	and	expenditure	arising	on	financial	instruments	is	recognised	on	the	accruals	basis	and	credited	or	charged	to	
the	profit	and	loss	account	in	the	financial	period	to	which	it	relates.

Reserves
Equity comprises the following:

•  “Capital redemption reserve” for the Company was created during 2003 when the entire deferred ordinary share 

capital was bought in exchange for one ordinary 1p share. 

•  “Share premium” represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of consideration received for equity 

shares, net of expenses of the share issue.

•  “Other reserves” arose as a result of share premium arising on consideration shares issued on the acquisition of 

6PM Holdings plc and Halarose Holdings Limited. It also includes the fair value of the deferred consideration shares 
included in the purchase of Aligned Assets Limited and LandHawk Software Services Limited.

•  “Treasury reserve” represents shares repurchased by the Company to be held for redistribution as share options. 

The cost of treasury shares is debited to the Treasury reserve.

•  “Share options reserve” represents shares to be issued on potential exercise of those share options that have been 

accounted for under FRS 101.

•  “Retained	earnings”	represents	retained	profits.

Financial statements |	Notes	to	the	company	financial	statements

129

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

3 Directors and employees
There are no wages and salaries paid by the parent Company.

The Company has no employees and Directors are remunerated by other Group companies. Details of the remuneration 
for each Director are included in the Report on Remuneration which can be found on pages 58 to 59 but which do not 
form part of the audited accounts.

4 Dividends
The	Directors	have	proposed	the	payment	of	a	final	dividend	of	0.5p	per	share,	which	would	amount	to	£2,255,488	
(2021:	final	dividend	of	0.4p	which	amounted	to	£1,784,162).

5 Profit For The Financial Year
The	parent	Company’s	loss	for	the	year	was	£3,246,000	(2021:	£1,225,000	profit).	

6 Investments

Cost or market value

At 1 November 2021

Additions

At 31 October 2022

Impairment

At 1 November 2021

Provided in the year

At 31 October 2022

Net book amount

At 31 October 2022

At 31 October 2021

Investment 
in Group 
undertakings
£000

145,043

4,215

149,258

34,083

–

34,083

115,175

110,960

The Group has performed impairment reviews in respect of the assets of all its CGUs as disclosed in note 12 of the 
Group’s	financial	statements.	

The Company’s investments in Group undertakings associated with its EIM CGU has comparable carrying values to 
the carrying values of the assets of the CGU, and therefore, sensitivity of impairment reviews against value-in-use 
calculations is also comparable. 

The Company’s investments in Group undertakings associated with its PSS CGU has a higher carrying value than 
the carrying value of the assets of the PSS CGU, however, headroom of impairment reviews against value-in-use 
calculations	is	significant	in	both	cases.

Any comparable movement in sensitivity which resulted in an impairment of intangibles would result in a similar 
impairment	to	investments.	However,	at	present	there	is	no	significant	risk	of	an	impairment	to	the	investment	values.

130

At 31 October 2022 the Company held investments in the following companies (* indirect holdings):

Country of 
registration

Registered office

Class of 
share held 

Proportion 
held

Nature of 
business

Idox Trustees Limited

England

Idox Software Limited 

England

2nd Floor, 1310 Waterside, Arlington 
Business Park, Theale, Reading,  
RG7 4SA

2nd Floor, 1310 Waterside, Arlington 
Business Park, Theale, Reading,  
RG7 4SA

Ordinary

100%

Corporate trustee 
of Employee share 
ownership trust

Ordinary

100%

Software services

McLaren Software  
Limited

Scotland

72 Gordon Street, Glasgow,  
Scotland, G1 3RS

Ordinary

100%

Dormant Company

McLaren Software Inc

USA

Idox France SARL

France

Idox India Private  
Limited

India

McLaren Software  
Group Limited

McLaren Software  
GmbH*

Scotland

Germany

818 West Seventh St, 2nd Floor, LA,  
CA 90017

75, Avenue Parmentier, 75544 Paris 
cedex 11, France

Kapil Towers Sixth Floor C Wing Dr. 
Ambedkar Road Pune MH 411001  
India

72 Gordon Street, Glasgow,  
Scotland, G1 3RS

c/o RGT Consultants 
Partnerschaftsgesellschaft mbB, 
Niddastraße 91, 60329 Frankfurt  
am Main

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Ordinary

100%

Holding Company

Ordinary

100%

Dormant Company

Netherlands Kauwenhoven 78, 6741 PW Lunteren, 

Ordinary

100%

Dormant Company

McLaren Consulting  
BV*

CT Space Inc

Citadon Inc

USA

USA

6PM Holdings plc

Malta

Netherlands

1209 Orange Street, Corporation  
Trust Center, Wilmington, DE 19801

919 North Market St, Suite 950, 
Wilmington, DE 19801

GVZH Advocates, 192 Old Bakery 
Street, Valletta, VLT 1455, Malta

Ordinary

100%

Dormant Company

Ordinary

100%

Dormant Company

Ordinary

100%

Holding Company

Tascomi Limited

Northern 
Ireland

3 Ballynahinch Street, Hillsborough, 
Northern Ireland BY26 6AW

Ordinary

100%

Software services

6PM Limited*

Malta

Idox Health Limited

England

Aligned Assets  
Holdco Limited

Aligned Assets  
Limited*

England

England

thinkWhere Limited

Scotland

exeGesIS Spatial  
Data Management  
Ltd

England

EIM Group Ltd*

England

LandHawk Software 
Services Limited

England

GVZH Advocates, 192 Old Bakery 
Street, Valletta, VLT 1455, Malta 

2nd Floor, 1310 Waterside, Arlington 
Business Park, Theale, Reading,  
RG7 4SA

2nd Floor, 1310 Waterside, Arlington 
Business Park, Theale, Reading,  
RG7 4SA

2nd Floor, 1310 Waterside, Arlington 
Business Park, Theale, Reading,  
RG7 4SA

72 Gordon Street, Glasgow,  
Scotland, G1 3RS

2nd Floor, 1310 Waterside, Arlington 
Business Park, Theale, Reading,  
RG7 4SA

2nd Floor, 1310 Waterside, Arlington 
Business Park, Theale, Reading,  
RG7 4SA

2nd Floor, 1310 Waterside, Arlington 
Business Park, Theale, Reading,  
RG7 4SA

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Ordinary

100%

Dormant Company

Ordinary

100%

Holding Company

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Ordinary

100%

Software services

Financial statements |	Notes	to	the	company	financial	statements

131

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

7 Debtors

Falling due within one year:

Other debtors

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

8 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other creditors

Accruals

2022
£000

1,254

66

1,320

2022
£000

40,851

2,313

167

2021
£000

1,611

64

1,675

2021
£000

27,173

3,020

181

43,331

30,374

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are interest bearing and are repayable on demand. The interest rate during the 
year ended 31 October 2022 was 3.25% (2021: 3.25%).

9 Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Other creditors

Bank loan

2022
£000

–

9,201

9,201

2021
£000

841

15,394

16,235

It was announced on 7 October 2021 that the Group had extended its facility with the National Westminster Bank plc, 
Silicon Valley Bank and Santander UK plc for an additional 18 months. The Group also transitioned from LIBOR to SONIA 
at this point. At the balance sheet date, the facilities consist of a revolving credit facility of £35m and £10m accordion 
facility (2021: £35m and £10m accordion facility).

During the period the loan was held, the average interest rate was 2.98% (2021: 2.48%). 

There are unamortised loan fees of £199,000 (2021: £318,000) at the balance sheet date. 

An accounting adjustment of £288,000 (2021: (£244,000)) has been processed during the period to take into account 
the effective rate of interest on the bank facilities. 

As	security	for	the	above	loans,	National	Westminster	Bank	plc,	Silicon	Valley	Bank	and	Santander	UK	plc	hold	a	fixed	
and	floating	charge	over	the	assets	of	Idox	plc	and	certain	subsidiaries,	a	guarantee	supported	by	Idox	plc	and	certain	
subsidiaries and a share pledge in respect of the entire issued share capital of each subsidiary company.

The	Directors	estimate	that	the	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	borrowing	is	not	significantly	different	to	the	carrying	value.

132

10 Share capital

Authorised:

650,000,000 ordinary shares of 1p each 

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

As at 1 November 

Issued and allotted during the year

452,523,888 ordinary shares of 1p each (2021: 446,864,792)

2022
£000

2021
£000

6,500

6,500

4,469

56

4,525

4,450

19

4,469

Movement in issued share capital in the year
During the year to 31 October 2022, 15 employees exercised share options across 24 separate exercises. To satisfy the 
exercise of these transactions, the Company issued and allotted 4,844,764 new ordinary shares of 1p each. 

The	Company	has	one	class	of	ordinary	share	which	carries	no	right	to	fixed	income.

At 31 October 2022, there were 3,809,016 (2021: 3,451,301) shares in issue under ESOP. During the year, the average issue 
share price was 65p (2021: 63p).

At 31 October 2022, there were 1,426,219 (2021: 1,426,219) shares held in treasury.

11 Share options 
The Company has an unapproved share option scheme for all employees (including Directors). All share options are 
exercisable at a price equal to the average market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant. The vesting 
period is typically annually from the date of grant, and at the discretion of the Board. Per the contractual agreements, 
the options are settled in equity once exercised.

An	Employee	Share	Investment	Trust	is	in	place	to	allow	employees	a	tax	efficient	way	of	investing	in	the	Company.	The	
Company purchases matching shares which become the property of the employee after a three-year vesting period. 

Details of all share options over 1p Ordinary shares, falling within the measurement and recognition criteria of IFRS 2 – 
Share-based Payment and forming part of the unapproved share scheme, including their contractual life and exercise 
prices, are as follows:

At start of year

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

90,000

125,000

585,500

800,500

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

At end of 
year

Exercise 
price

Exercise
date from

Exercise
date to

90,000

39.00p

Jul 2014

Jun 2024

125,000

50.00p

Apr 2016

Apr 2026

585,500

800,500

1.00p

Mar 2019

Mar 2029

The following table sets out the number of share options and associated weighted average exercise price (WAEP) 
outstanding during the year:

2022

No.

WAEP
Pence

2021

No.

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

800,500

12.92

1,925,500

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

–

–

800,500

800,500

–

–

12.92

12.92

(475,000)

(650,000)

800,500

800,500

WAEP
Pence

31.68

45.39

44.77

12.92

12.92

Financial statements |	Notes	to	the	company	financial	statements

133

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Notes to the company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

11 Share options (continued)
The share options outstanding at the end of the year have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 5 years. 
The share options exercised during the year had a weighted average exercise price of £Nil and a weighted average 
market price of £Nil.

As the share option scheme is a Group scheme, there has been no charge recognised in the parent Company accounts. 

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
During the year, 6,460,939 options were granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

The Group recognised a total charge of £2,583,737 (2021: £1,908,150) for equity-settled share-based payment 
transactions related to the LTIP during the year. The total cost was in relation to outstanding share options and share 
options granted in the year. The weighted average exercise price of options exercised in the year was £Nil (2021: £Nil).

The number of options in the LTIP scheme is as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Forfeited

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2022
No. 

2021
No.

15,557,052

12,435,871

6,460,939

4,800,709

(194,375)

(265,345)

(4,844,764)

(1,414,183)

16,978,852

15,557,052

6,034,065

5,301,163

As the LTIP share option scheme is a Group scheme, there has been no charge recognised in the parent Company accounts. 

The	fair	values	were	calculated	using	the	modified	Black-Scholes	option	pricing	method	and	the	following	information:

Date of issue

Feb 22

Apr 22

Apr 22

Sep 22

Number 
granted
No.

4,646,758

735,294

80,206

998,681

6,460,939

Weighted 
average 
share price
Pence

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
Pence

Expected 
volatility
%

Expected 
life
Years

Risk free 
rate
%

67.5

63.2

62.5

67.0

–

–

–

–

45

45

45

45

5

5

5

5

1.36

1.87

2.09

2.90

Weighted 
average 
fair value at 
grant date
£

0.557

0.507

0.500

0.565

12 Related party disclosures
As permitted by FRS 101, related party transactions with wholly owned members of the Group and remuneration of key 
management personnel have not been disclosed. 

13 Capital commitments
The Company had no capital commitments at 31 October 2022 or 31 October 2021. 

14 Contingent liabilities 
There were no material Company contingent liabilities at 31 October 2022 or 31 October 2021.

15 Ultimate controlling party
There is no ultimate controlling party.

134

Alternative performance measures
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Alternative Performance Measures
Within	these	financial	statements,	the	Group	makes	reference	to	Alternative	Performance	Measures	(APMs)	which	are	
not	defined	or	specified	under	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards.	The	Group	uses	these	APMs	as	this	is	in	line	
with the management information requested and presented to the decision makers in our business; and is consistent 
with	how	the	business	is	assessed	by	our	debt	and	equity	providers.	Details	are	included	within	the	financial	review	
section of the Strategic Report.

The following table reconciles these APMs to statutory equivalents for continuing operations: 

Adjusted EBITDA:

Profit	before	taxation

Depreciation and Amortisation

Restructuring costs

Acquisition costs

Financing costs

Share option costs

Net	finance	costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Free cash flow:

Net	cash	flow	from	operating	activities	after	taxation

Capex

Lease payments

Free	cash	flow

Net debt:

Cash

Bank borrowings

Bonds in issue

Net Debt

Adjusted profit for the year and adjusted earnings per share:

Profit	for	the	year

Add back:

Amortisation on acquired intangibles

Acquisition costs

Restructuring costs

Financing costs

Share option costs

Tax rate changes

Tax effect

Adjusted	profit	for	year

2022
£000

2021 
£000

6,602

10,584

470

183

30

2,584

2,056

22,509

15,647

(7,558)

(927)

7,162

7,268

10,204

(90)

(134)

110

1,789

372

19,519

16,554

(5,747)

(1,154)

9,653

(13,864)

(18,283)

9,201

11,325

6,662

15,394

10,998

8,109

5,611

6,031

3,670

3,561

183

470

30

2,584

–

(1,533)

11,015

(134)

(90)

110

1,789

826

(1,841)

10,252

Weighted average number of shares in issue – basic

Weighted average number of shares in issue – diluted

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

443,413,006 440,376,576

452,049,942

451,125,653

2.48p

2.44p

2.33p

2.27p

Financial statements | Alternative performance measures

135

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIdox plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 October 2022

Alternative performance measures continued
For the year ended 31 October 2022

Alternative Performance Measures continued
The following table reconciles these APMs to statutory equivalents for total operations: 

Adjusted EBITDA:

Profit	before	taxation

Depreciation and Amortisation

Restructuring costs

Acquisition costs

Financing costs

Share option costs

Net	finance	costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Free cash flow:

Net	cash	flow	from	operating	activities	after	taxation

Capex

Lease payments

Free	cash	flow

Net debt:

Cash

Bank borrowings

Bonds in issue

Net Debt

Adjusted profit for the year and adjusted earnings per share:

Profit	for	the	year

Add back:

Amortisation on acquired intangibles

Acquisition costs

Restructuring costs

Financing costs

Share option costs

Tax rate changes

Tax effect

Adjusted	profit	for	year

2022
£000

2021
£000

6,035

10,584

1,037

183

30

2,584

2,056

22,509

15,647

(7,558)

(927)

7,162

13,186

10,657

(6,318)

(134)

110

1,908

386

19,795

16,554

(5,747)

(1,154)

9,653

(13,864)

(18,283)

9,201

11,325

6,662

15,394

10,998

8,109

5,044

11,949

3,670

183

1,037

30

2,584

–

(1,533)

11,015

3,727

(134)

(6,318)

110

1,908

826

(1,911)

10,157

Weighted average number of shares in issue – basic

Weighted average number of shares in issue – diluted

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

443,413,006 440,376,576

452,049,942

451,125,653

2.48p

2.44p

2.31p

2.25p

136

Overview

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Company information

Company Secretary and Registered Office: 
R Paterson
2nd Floor 
1310 Waterside 
Arlington Business Park 
Theale 
Reading 
RG7 4SA

Nominated Adviser and Broker: 
Peel Hunt LLP
100 Liverpool Street 
London 
EC2M 2AT

Auditor: 
Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor 
110 Queen Street 
Glasgow 
G1 3BX

Corporate Solicitors:
Pinsent Masons LLP
30 Crown Place 
Earl Street 
London 
EC2A 4ES

Registrars: 
Neville Registrars Ltd
Neville House 
Steelpark Road 
Halesowen 
B62 8HD

Company Registration Number: 
03984070

Financial statements | Company information

137

I

d

o

x

p

l

c

2

0

2

2

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

Idox plc
Second Floor, 1310 Waterside, 
Arlington Business Park, 
Theale, RG7 4SA 
T +44 (0) 333 011 1200 
E investors@idoxplc.com

idoxplc.com